Commit Graph

10098 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Xin Long
a6c2f79287 sctp: implement prsctp TTL policy
prsctp TTL policy is a policy to abandon chunks when they expire
at the specific time in local stack. It's similar with expires_at
in struct sctp_datamsg.

This patch uses sinfo->sinfo_timetolive to set the specific time for
TTL policy. sinfo->sinfo_timetolive is also used for msg->expires_at.
So if prsctp_enable or TTL policy is not enabled, msg->expires_at
still works as before.

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-11 13:25:39 -07:00
Xin Long
826d253d57 sctp: add SCTP_PR_ASSOC_STATUS on sctp sockopt
This patch adds SCTP_PR_ASSOC_STATUS to sctp sockopt, which is used
to dump the prsctp statistics info from the asoc. The prsctp statistics
includes abandoned_sent/unsent from the asoc. abandoned_sent is the
count of the packets we drop packets from retransmit/transmited queue,
and abandoned_unsent is the count of the packets we drop from out_queue
according to the policy.

Note: another option for prsctp statistics dump described in rfc is
SCTP_PR_STREAM_STATUS, which is used to dump the prsctp statistics
info from each stream. But by now, linux doesn't yet have per stream
statistics info, it needs rfc6525 to be implemented. As the prsctp
statistics for each stream has to be based on per stream statistics,
we will delay it until rfc6525 is done in linux.

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-11 13:25:39 -07:00
Xin Long
28aa4c26fc sctp: add SCTP_PR_SUPPORTED on sctp sockopt
According to section 4.5 of rfc7496, prsctp_enable should be per asoc.
We will add prsctp_enable to both asoc and ep, and replace the places
where it used net.sctp->prsctp_enable with asoc->prsctp_enable.

ep->prsctp_enable will be initialized with net.sctp->prsctp_enable, and
asoc->prsctp_enable will be initialized with ep->prsctp_enable. We can
also modify it's value through sockopt SCTP_PR_SUPPORTED.

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-11 13:25:38 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
42a5576913 netfilter: nf_tables: get rid of possible_net_t from set and basechain
We can pass the netns pointer as parameter to the functions that need to
gain access to it. From basechains, I didn't find any client for this
field anymore so let's remove this too.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-11 12:16:04 +02:00
Florian Westphal
d51ed8367b netfilter: constify arg to is_dying/confirmed
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-11 12:16:03 +02:00
Florian Westphal
870190a9ec netfilter: nat: convert nat bysrc hash to rhashtable
It did use a fixed-size bucket list plus single lock to protect add/del.

Unlike the main conntrack table we only need to add and remove keys.
Convert it to rhashtable to get table autosizing and per-bucket locking.

The maximum number of entries is -- as before -- tied to the number of
conntracks so we do not need another upperlimit.

The change does not handle rhashtable_remove_fast error, only possible
"error" is -ENOENT, and that is something that can happen legitimetely,
e.g. because nat module was inserted at a later time and no src manip
took place yet.

Tested with http-client-benchmark + httpterm with DNAT and SNAT rules
in place.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-11 12:07:57 +02:00
Florian Westphal
7c96643519 netfilter: move nat hlist_head to nf_conn
The nat extension structure is 32bytes in size on x86_64:

struct nf_conn_nat {
        struct hlist_node          bysource;             /*     0    16 */
        struct nf_conn *           ct;                   /*    16     8 */
        union nf_conntrack_nat_help help;                /*    24     4 */
        int                        masq_index;           /*    28     4 */
        /* size: 32, cachelines: 1, members: 4 */
        /* last cacheline: 32 bytes */
};

The hlist is needed to quickly check for possible tuple collisions
when installing a new nat binding. Storing this in the extension
area has two drawbacks:

1. We need ct backpointer to get the conntrack struct from the extension.
2. When reallocation of extension area occurs we need to fixup the bysource
   hash head via hlist_replace_rcu.

We can avoid both by placing the hlist_head in nf_conn and place nf_conn in
the bysource hash rather than the extenstion.

We can also remove the ->move support; no other extension needs it.

Moving the entire nat extension into nf_conn would be possible as well but
then we have to add yet another callback for deletion from the bysource
hash table rather than just using nat extension ->destroy hook for this.

nf_conn size doesn't increase due to aligment, followup patch replaces
hlist_node with single pointer.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-11 11:47:50 +02:00
Florian Westphal
242922a027 netfilter: conntrack: simplify early_drop
We don't need to acquire the bucket lock during early drop, we can
use lockless traveral just like ____nf_conntrack_find.

The timer deletion serves as synchronization point, if another cpu
attempts to evict same entry, only one will succeed with timer deletion.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-11 11:46:22 +02:00
Liping Zhang
64b87639c9 netfilter: conntrack: fix race between nf_conntrack proc read and hash resize
When we do "cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack", and meanwhile resize the conntrack
hash table via /sys/module/nf_conntrack/parameters/hashsize, race will
happen, because reader can observe a newly allocated hash but the old size
(or vice versa). So oops will happen like follows:

  BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000017
  IP: [<ffffffffa0418e21>] seq_print_acct+0x11/0x50 [nf_conntrack]
  Call Trace:
  [<ffffffffa0412f4e>] ? ct_seq_show+0x14e/0x340 [nf_conntrack]
  [<ffffffff81261a1c>] seq_read+0x2cc/0x390
  [<ffffffff812a8d62>] proc_reg_read+0x42/0x70
  [<ffffffff8123bee7>] __vfs_read+0x37/0x130
  [<ffffffff81347980>] ? security_file_permission+0xa0/0xc0
  [<ffffffff8123cf75>] vfs_read+0x95/0x140
  [<ffffffff8123e475>] SyS_read+0x55/0xc0
  [<ffffffff817c2572>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1a/0xa4

It is very easy to reproduce this kernel crash.
1. open one shell and input the following cmds:
  while : ; do
    echo $RANDOM > /sys/module/nf_conntrack/parameters/hashsize
  done
2. open more shells and input the following cmds:
  while : ; do
    cat /proc/net/nf_conntrack
  done
3. just wait a monent, oops will happen soon.

The solution in this patch is based on Florian's Commit 5e3c61f981
("netfilter: conntrack: fix lookup race during hash resize"). And
add a wrapper function nf_conntrack_get_ht to get hash and hsize
suggested by Florian Westphal.

Signed-off-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-11 11:38:57 +02:00
Thierry Escande
1a09c56f54 NFC: digital: Add support for NFC DEP Response Waiting Time
When sending an ATR_REQ, the initiator must wait for the ATR_RES at
least 'RWT(nfcdep,activation) + dRWT(nfcdep)' and no more than
'RWT(nfcdep,activation) + dRWT(nfcdep) + dT(nfcdep,initiator)'. This
gives a timeout value between 1237 ms and 1337 ms. This patch defines
DIGITAL_ATR_RES_RWT to 1337 used for the timeout value of ATR_REQ
command.

For other DEP PDUs, the initiator must wait between 'RWT + dRWT(nfcdep)'
and 'RWT + dRWT(nfcdep) + dT(nfcdep,initiator)' where RWT is given by
the following formula: '(256 * 16 / f(c)) * 2^wt' where wt is the value
of the TO field in the ATR_RES response and is in the range between 0
and 14. This patch declares a mapping table for wt values and gives RWT
max values between 100 ms and 5049 ms.

This patch also defines DIGITAL_ATR_RES_TO_WT, the maximum wt value in
target mode, to 8.

Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2016-07-11 02:01:14 +02:00
Thierry Escande
1d984c2e03 NFC: digital: Fix handling of saved PDU sk_buff pointers
This patch fixes the way an I-PDU is saved in case it needs to be sent
again. It is now copied using pskb_copy() and not simply referenced
using skb_get() since it could be modified by the driver.

digital_in_send_saved_skb() and digital_tg_send_saved_skb() still get a
reference on the saved skb which is re-sent but release it if the send
operation fails. That way the caller doesn't have to take care about skb
ref in case of error.

RTOX supervisor PDU must not be saved as this can override a previously
saved I-PDU that should be re-sent later on.

Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2016-07-11 01:55:42 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann
ca8bee5dde Bluetooth: Rename HCI_BREDR into HCI_PRIMARY
The HCI_BREDR naming is confusing since it actually stands for Primary
Bluetooth Controller. Which is a term that has been used in the latest
standard. However from a legacy point of view there only really have
been Basic Rate (BR) and Enhanced Data Rate (EDR). Recent versions of
Bluetooth introduced Low Energy (LE) and made this terminology a little
bit confused since Dual Mode Controllers include BR/EDR and LE. To
simplify this the name HCI_PRIMARY stands for the Primary Controller
which can be a single mode or dual mode controller.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
2016-07-09 21:37:13 +03:00
Vivien Didelot
d390238c4f net: dsa: initialize the routing table
The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to
all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number.

Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the
routing table pointing to other switches.

This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port
pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly
configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-08 23:59:49 -04:00
Florian Westphal
c8607e0200 netfilter: nft_ct: fix expiration getter
We need to compute timeout.expires - jiffies, not the other way around.
Add a helper, another patch can then later change more places in
conntrack code where we currently open-code this.

Will allow us to only change one place later when we remove per-ct timer.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-07-08 14:55:14 +02:00
Alexander Aring
048e7f7e66 ieee802154: cleanup WARN_ON for fc fetch
This patch cleanups the WARN_ON which occurs when the sk buffer has
insufficient buffer space by moving the WARN_ON into if condition.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 13:23:12 +02:00
Alexander Aring
aaa7088eb2 ieee802154: fix skb get fc on big endian
This patch fixes ieee802154_get_fc_from_skb function on big endian
machines. The function get_unaligned_le16 converts the byte order to
host byte order but we want to keep the byte order like in mac header.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 13:23:12 +02:00
Alexander Aring
0ea0b9af9b ieee802154: 6lowpan: fix intra pan id check
The RIOT-OS stack does send intra-pan frames but don't set the intra pan
flag inside the mac header. It seems this is valid frame addressing but
inefficient. Anyway this patch adds a new function for intra pan
addressing, doesn't matter if intra pan flag or source and destination
are the same. The newly introduction function will be used to check on
intra pan addressing for 6lowpan.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 13:23:12 +02:00
Alexander Aring
19580cc1ed ieee802154: add ieee802154_skb_src_pan helper
This patch adds ieee802154_skb_src_pan function to get the pointer
address of the source pan id at skb mac pointer.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 13:23:12 +02:00
Alexander Aring
9cc577dd25 ieee802154: add ieee802154_skb_dst_pan helper
This patch adds ieee802154_skb_dst_pan function to get the pointer
address of the destination pan id at skb mac pointer.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 13:23:12 +02:00
Alexander Aring
66e5c2672c ieee802154: add netns support
This patch adds netns support for 802.15.4 subsystem. Most parts are
copy&pasted from wireless subsystem, it has the identically userspace
API.

Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 12:20:57 +02:00
Alexander Aring
aece0c3fe1 nl802154: move PAD to right position
The PAD define should be above the experimental support. We don't care
about if we break userspace in experimental stuff but PAD is part of the
existing UAPI.

Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-07-08 12:20:57 +02:00
David S. Miller
a90a6e55f3 One more set of new features:
* beacon report (for radio measurement) support in cfg80211/mac80211
  * hwsim: allow wmediumd in namespaces
  * mac80211: extend 160MHz workaround to CSA IEs
  * mesh: properly encrypt group-addressed privacy action frames
  * mesh: allow setting peer AID
  * first steps for MU-MIMO monitor mode
  * along with various other cleanups and improvements
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJXfSCuAAoJEGt7eEactAAdaugP/ilrcELQRsIN5ZXCAKYZuwXV
 T01JPwgOaWL9ILu7h1SfG/+j9kzMnyk4WmRpeoj2FGNcyfG2AvULWSLpQJ2abwgQ
 8o/emuLinQwRENevaMUTRSOE0HkXoFPCbbq37+a2i6bAv1QSYY3A0xvWpcU5fZ4D
 7CKYDYPBAdMXYwEwy1g4nYWfDAYqS4rthr3l3rS1Cy7Q2T1ZlMlD90GjD7oeQAEw
 orKulhkkDSzvxfvZCYTzXmUoBQE8sNXGDD+OFsJyowyt+ugM/xan+2tmhCaHSnda
 HpdCS2aRj779UBn9cOfELjffTNpS++PM6KFd8ZDaPcJSMginn/BAHTOeNfNUfL0Q
 +Enu59I82qMDzbG2z1Qezzjv7OTzyEvyvYzNbLOqljTBSBklDa3rHwhyk+g1oVBH
 +4xX1Vk5QBLde+Q0NS0gTkcqOQK8KT5+HEqiUfgLSNDETN0lSGsKbtvMfU/ikE1Y
 aLRkTp7nzUd03qjIFLS6RMf7JjucWWzH1ZXTHvbpDFAG7riOhYRD3Sw+0e7madTd
 +HXjH9dnOGnGPDL+FyDwtW6iclYwNjcIPQiNdOjwWfMA2Wmr7iq+aFUptRCwQTHB
 WtgJ3f8OHax2JXcm4grYfxELZip5vbWJJHUC84Drvmzw3X7FRITf+OEWjdNOzsRD
 Fc7w5ceThh9Id1BvcH2+
 =R1qP
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-07-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
One more set of new features:
 * beacon report (for radio measurement) support in cfg80211/mac80211
 * hwsim: allow wmediumd in namespaces
 * mac80211: extend 160MHz workaround to CSA IEs
 * mesh: properly encrypt group-addressed privacy action frames
 * mesh: allow setting peer AID
 * first steps for MU-MIMO monitor mode
 * along with various other cleanups and improvements
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-06 22:32:15 -07:00
James Morris
d011a4d861 Merge branch 'stable-4.8' of git://git.infradead.org/users/pcmoore/selinux into next 2016-07-07 10:15:34 +10:00
David S. Miller
30d0844bdc Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
	drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
	drivers/net/usb/r8152.c

All three conflicts were overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-06 10:35:22 -07:00
David S. Miller
ae3e4562e2 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next,
they are:

1) Don't use userspace datatypes in bridge netfilter code, from
   Tobin Harding.

2) Iterate only once over the expectation table when removing the
   helper module, instead of once per-netns, from Florian Westphal.

3) Extra sanitization in xt_hook_ops_alloc() to return error in case
   we ever pass zero hooks, xt_hook_ops_alloc():

4) Handle NFPROTO_INET from the logging core infrastructure, from
   Liping Zhang.

5) Autoload loggers when TRACE target is used from rules, this doesn't
   change the behaviour in case the user already selected nfnetlink_log
   as preferred way to print tracing logs, also from Liping Zhang.

6) Conntrack slabs with SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN to allow rearranging fields
   by cache lines, increases the size of entries in 11% per entry.
   From Florian Westphal.

7) Skip zone comparison if CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK_ZONES=n, from Florian.

8) Remove useless defensive check in nf_logger_find_get() from Shivani
   Bhardwaj.

9) Remove zone extension as place it in the conntrack object, this is
   always include in the hashing and we expect more intensive use of
   zones since containers are in place. Also from Florian Westphal.

10) Owner match now works from any namespace, from Eric Bierdeman.

11) Make sure we only reply with TCP reset to TCP traffic from
    nf_reject_ipv4, patch from Liping Zhang.

12) Introduce --nflog-size to indicate amount of network packet bytes
    that are copied to userspace via log message, from Vishwanath Pai.
    This obsoletes --nflog-range that has never worked, it was designed
    to achieve this but it has never worked.

13) Introduce generic macros for nf_tables object generation masks.

14) Use generation mask in table, chain and set objects in nf_tables.
    This allows fixes interferences with ongoing preparation phase of
    the commit protocol and object listings going on at the same time.
    This update is introduced in three patches, one per object.

15) Check if the object is active in the next generation for element
    deactivation in the rbtree implementation, given that deactivation
    happens from the commit phase path we have to observe the future
    status of the object.

16) Support for deletion of just added elements in the hash set type.

17) Allow to resize hashtable from /proc entry, not only from the
    obscure /sys entry that maps to the module parameter, from Florian
    Westphal.

18) Get rid of NFT_BASECHAIN_DISABLED, this code is not exercised
    anymore since we tear down the ruleset whenever the netdevice
    goes away.

19) Support for matching inverted set lookups, from Arturo Borrero.

20) Simplify the iptables_mangle_hook() by removing a superfluous
    extra branch.

21) Introduce ether_addr_equal_masked() and use it from the netfilter
    codebase, from Joe Perches.

22) Remove references to "Use netfilter MARK value as routing key"
    from the Netfilter Kconfig description given that this toggle
    doesn't exists already for 10 years, from Moritz Sichert.

23) Introduce generic NF_INVF() and use it from the xtables codebase,
    from Joe Perches.

24) Setting logger to NONE via /proc was not working unless explicit
    nul-termination was included in the string. This fixes seems to
    leave the former behaviour there, so we don't break backward.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-06 09:15:15 -07:00
Masashi Honma
7d27a0ba7a cfg80211: Add mesh peer AID setting API
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
adds mesh peer AID setting API.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 15:04:52 +02:00
Avraham Stern
7947d3e075 mac80211: Add support for beacon report radio measurement
Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement
with the measurement mode field set to passive or active:
1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device
2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF)
3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF)

TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
[changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match
the new API]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 14:53:19 +02:00
Avraham Stern
1d76250bd3 nl80211: support beacon report scanning
Beacon report radio measurement requires reporting observed BSSs
on the channels specified in the beacon request. If the measurement
mode is set to passive or active, it requires actually performing a
scan (passive or active, accordingly), and reporting the time that
the scan was started and the time each beacon/probe was received
(both in terms of TSF of the BSS of the requesting AP). If the
request mode is table, this information is optional.
In addition, the radio measurement request specifies the channel
dwell time for the measurement.

In order to use scan for beacon report when the mode is active or
passive, add a parameter to scan request that specifies the
channel dwell time, and add scan start time and beacon received time
to scan results information.

Supporting beacon report is required for Multi Band Operation (MBO).

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 14:51:31 +02:00
Aviya Erenfeld
c6e6a0c8be nl80211: Add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer
add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer.
in MU-MIMO there are parallel frames on the air while the HW
has only one RX.
add the capability to sniff one of the MU-MIMO parallel frames by
giving the sniffer additional information so it'll know which
of the parallel frames it shall follow.

Add attribute - NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA - for getting
a MU-MIMO groupID in order to monitor packets from that group
using VHT MU-MIMO.
And add attribute -NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_ADDR - for passing
MAC address to monitor mode.
that option will be used by VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer to follow a
station according to it's MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO.

Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 14:46:04 +02:00
Ido Schimmel
2a4501ae18 neigh: Send a notification when DELAY_PROBE_TIME changes
When the data plane is offloaded the traffic doesn't go through the
networking stack. Therefore, after first resolving a neighbour the NUD
state machine will transition it from REACHABLE to STALE until it's
finally deleted by the garbage collector.

To prevent such situations the offloading driver should notify the NUD
state machine on any neighbours that were recently used. The driver's
polling interval should be set so that the NUD state machine can
function as if the traffic wasn't offloaded.

Currently, there are no in-tree drivers that can report confirmation for
a neighbour, but only 'used' indication. Therefore, the polling interval
should be set according to DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME, as a neighbour will
transition from REACHABLE state to DELAY (instead of STALE) if "a packet
was sent within the last DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME seconds" (RFC 4861).

Send a netevent whenever the DELAY_FIRST_PROBE_TIME changes - either via
netlink or sysctl - so that offloading drivers can correctly set their
polling interval.

Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-05 09:06:29 -07:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
ff202ee1ed net sched actions: skbedit add support for mod-ing skb pkt_type
Extremely useful for setting packet type to host so i dont
have to modify the dst mac address using pedit (which requires
that i know the mac address)

Example usage:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip pref 9 u32 \
match ip src 5.5.5.5/32 \
flowid 1:5 action skbedit ptype host

This will tag all packets incoming from 5.5.5.5 with type
PACKET_HOST

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-04 15:11:14 -07:00
Thierry Escande
7854a44526 NFC: digital: Add a delay between poll cycles
This replaces the polling work struct with a delayed work struct and add
a 10 ms delay between 2 poll cycles. This avoids to flood the device
with 'switch off'/'switch on' commands.

Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2016-07-04 12:26:27 +02:00
Denys Vlasenko
f86dec94e3 NFC: hci: delete unused nfc_llc_get_rx_head_tail_room()
It used to be EXPORTed, but then EXPORT usage was cleaned up
(in 2012), without noticing that the function has no users at all
(and curiously, never had any users).

Delete it.

While at it, remove non-static "inline" hints on nearby functions:
these hints don't work across compilation units anyway,
and these functions are not used in their .c file, thus they are
never inlined. IOW: "inline" here does not help in any way.

Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
CC: Christophe Ricard <christophe.ricard@gmail.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2016-07-04 12:14:05 +02:00
Or Gerlitz
08f4b5918b net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control
Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes
are supported:

* legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport)

* switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured
using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow
working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is
created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF).

Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-02 14:40:40 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
f87fda00b6 bonding: prevent out of bound accesses
ether_addr_equal_64bits() requires some care about its arguments,
namely that 8 bytes might be read, even if last 2 byte values are not
used.

KASan detected a violation with null_mac_addr and lacpdu_mcast_addr
in bond_3ad.c

Same problem with mac_bcast[] and mac_v6_allmcast[] in bond_alb.c :
Although the 8-byte alignment was there, KASan would detect out
of bound accesses.

Fixes: 815117adaf ("bonding: use ether_addr_equal_unaligned for bond addr compare")
Fixes: bb54e58929 ("bonding: Verify RX LACPDU has proper dest mac-addr")
Fixes: 885a136c52 ("bonding: use compare_ether_addr_64bits() in ALB")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 06:06:09 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
19689e38ec tcp: md5: use kmalloc() backed scratch areas
Some arches have virtually mapped kernel stacks, or will soon have.

tcp_md5_hash_header() uses an automatic variable to copy tcp header
before mangling th->check and calling crypto function, which might
be problematic on such arches.

David says that using percpu storage is also problematic on non SMP
builds.

Just use kmalloc() to allocate scratch areas.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-01 04:02:55 -04:00
Shmulik Ladkani
fedbb6b4ff ipv4: Fix ip_skb_dst_mtu to use the sk passed by ip_finish_output
ip_skb_dst_mtu uses skb->sk, assuming it is an AF_INET socket (e.g. it
calls ip_sk_use_pmtu which casts sk as an inet_sk).

However, in the case of UDP tunneling, the skb->sk is not necessarily an
inet socket (could be AF_PACKET socket, or AF_UNSPEC if arriving from
tun/tap).

OTOH, the sk passed as an argument throughout IP stack's output path is
the one which is of PMTU interest:
 - In case of local sockets, sk is same as skb->sk;
 - In case of a udp tunnel, sk is the tunneling socket.

Fix, by passing ip_finish_output's sk to ip_skb_dst_mtu.
This augments 7026b1ddb6 'netfilter: Pass socket pointer down through okfn().'

Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-30 09:02:48 -04:00
Seymour, Shane M
2631b79f6c tcp: increase size at which tcp_bound_to_half_wnd bounds to > TCP_MSS_DEFAULT
In previous commit 01f83d6984
the following comments were added:

"When peer uses tiny windows, there is no use in packetizing to sub-MSS
pieces for the sake of SWS or making sure there are enough packets in
the pipe for fast recovery."

The test should be > TCP_MSS_DEFAULT not >= 512. This allows low end
devices that send an MSS of 536 (TCP_MSS_DEFAULT) to see better network
performance by sending it 536 bytes of data at a time instead of bounding
to half window size (268). Other network stacks work this way, e.g. HP-UX.

Signed-off-by: Shane Seymour <shane.seymour@hpe.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-30 08:17:21 -04:00
Nikolay Aleksandrov
80e73cc563 net: rtnetlink: add support for the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE attribute
This patch adds support for the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS_SLAVE attribute
which allows to export per-slave statistics if the master device supports
the linkxstats callback. The attribute is passed down to the linkxstats
callback and it is up to the callback user to use it (an example has been
added to the only current user - the bridge). This allows us to query only
specific slaves of master devices like bridge ports and export only what
we're interested in instead of having to dump all ports and searching only
for a single one. This will be used to export per-port IGMP/MLD stats and
also per-port vlan stats in the future, possibly other statistics as well.

Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-30 06:15:04 -04:00
David S. Miller
ee58b57100 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-30 05:03:36 -04:00
Huw Davies
3f09354ac8 netlabel: Implement CALIPSO config functions for SMACK.
SMACK uses similar functions to control CIPSO, these are
the equivalent functions for CALIPSO and follow exactly
the same semantics.

int netlbl_cfg_calipso_add(struct calipso_doi *doi_def,
                           struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
    Adds a CALIPSO doi.

void netlbl_cfg_calipso_del(u32 doi, struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
    Removes a CALIPSO doi.

int netlbl_cfg_calipso_map_add(u32 doi, const char *domain,
                               const struct in6_addr *addr,
                               const struct in6_addr *mask,
                               struct netlbl_audit *audit_info)
    Creates a mapping between a domain and a CALIPSO doi.  If
    addr and mask are non-NULL this creates an address-selector
    type mapping.

This also extends netlbl_cfg_map_del() to remove IPv6 address-selector
mappings.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:06:18 -04:00
Huw Davies
4fee5242bf calipso: Add a label cache.
This works in exactly the same way as the CIPSO label cache.
The idea is to allow the lsm to cache the result of a secattr
lookup so that it doesn't need to perform the lookup for
every skbuff.

It introduces two sysctl controls:
 calipso_cache_enable - enables/disables the cache.
 calipso_cache_bucket_size - sets the size of a cache bucket.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:06:17 -04:00
Huw Davies
2e532b7028 calipso: Add validation of CALIPSO option.
Lengths, checksum and the DOI are checked.  Checking of the
level and categories are left for the socket layer.

CRC validation is performed in the calipso module to avoid
unconditionally linking crc_ccitt() into ipv6.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:06:17 -04:00
Huw Davies
a04e71f631 netlabel: Pass a family parameter to netlbl_skbuff_err().
This makes it possible to route the error to the appropriate
labelling engine.  CALIPSO is far less verbose than CIPSO
when encountering a bogus packet, so there is no need for a
CALIPSO error handler.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:06:16 -04:00
Huw Davies
2917f57b6b calipso: Allow the lsm to label the skbuff directly.
In some cases, the lsm needs to add the label to the skbuff directly.
A NF_INET_LOCAL_OUT IPv6 hook is added to selinux to match the IPv4
behaviour.  This allows selinux to label the skbuffs that it requires.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:06:15 -04:00
Huw Davies
0868383b82 ipv6: constify the skb pointer of ipv6_find_tlv().
Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:06:15 -04:00
Huw Davies
e1adea9270 calipso: Allow request sockets to be relabelled by the lsm.
Request sockets need to have a label that takes into account the
incoming connection as well as their parent's label.  This is used
for the outgoing SYN-ACK and for their child full-socket.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:05:29 -04:00
Huw Davies
56ac42bc94 ipv6: Allow request socks to contain IPv6 options.
If set, these will take precedence over the parent's options during
both sending and child creation.  If they're not set, the parent's
options (if any) will be used.

This is to allow the security_inet_conn_request() hook to modify the
IPv6 options in just the same way that it already may do for IPv4.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:05:28 -04:00
Huw Davies
ceba1832b1 calipso: Set the calipso socket label to match the secattr.
CALIPSO is a hop-by-hop IPv6 option.  A lot of this patch is based on
the equivalent CISPO code.  The main difference is due to manipulating
the options in the hop-by-hop header.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:51 -04:00
Huw Davies
3faa8f982f netlabel: Move bitmap manipulation functions to the NetLabel core.
This is to allow the CALIPSO labelling engine to use these.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:51 -04:00
Huw Davies
e67ae213c7 ipv6: Add ipv6_renew_options_kern() that accepts a kernel mem pointer.
The functionality is equivalent to ipv6_renew_options() except
that the newopt pointer is in kernel, not user, memory

The kernel memory implementation will be used by the CALIPSO network
labelling engine, which needs to be able to set IPv6 hop-by-hop
options.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:50 -04:00
Huw Davies
d7cce01504 netlabel: Add support for removing a CALIPSO DOI.
Remove a specified DOI through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_REMOVE command.
It requires the attribute:
 NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:49 -04:00
Huw Davies
e1ce69df7e netlabel: Add support for enumerating the CALIPSO DOI list.
Enumerate the DOI list through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_LISTALL command.
It takes no attributes.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:48 -04:00
Huw Davies
a5e34490c3 netlabel: Add support for querying a CALIPSO DOI.
Query a specified DOI through the NLBL_CALIPSO_C_LIST command.
It requires the attribute:
 NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.

The reply will contain:
 NLBL_CALIPSO_A_MTYPE

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:47 -04:00
Huw Davies
cb72d38211 netlabel: Initial support for the CALIPSO netlink protocol.
CALIPSO is a packet labelling protocol for IPv6 which is very similar
to CIPSO.  It is specified in RFC 5570.  Much of the code is based on
the current CIPSO code.

This adds support for adding passthrough-type CALIPSO DOIs through the
NLBL_CALIPSO_C_ADD command.  It requires attributes:

 NLBL_CALIPSO_A_TYPE which must be CALIPSO_MAP_PASS.
 NLBL_CALIPSO_A_DOI.

In passthrough mode the CALIPSO engine will map MLS secattr levels
and categories directly to the packet label.

At this stage, the major difference between this and the CIPSO
code is that IPv6 may be compiled as a module.  To allow for
this the CALIPSO functions are registered at module init time.

Signed-off-by: Huw Davies <huw@codeweavers.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
2016-06-27 15:02:46 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
4d202a0d31 net_sched: generalize bulk dequeue
When qdisc bulk dequeue was added in linux-3.18 (commit
5772e9a346 "qdisc: bulk dequeue support for qdiscs
with TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE"), it was constrained to some
specific qdiscs.

With some extra care, we can extend this to all qdiscs,
so that typical traffic shaping solutions can benefit from
small batches (8 packets in this patch).

For example, HTB is often used on some multi queue device.
And bonding/team are multi queue devices...

Idea is to bulk-dequeue packets mapping to the same transmit queue.

This brings between 35 and 80 % performance increase in HTB setup
under pressure on a bonding setup :

1) NUMA node contention :   610,000 pps -> 1,110,000 pps
2) No node contention   : 1,380,000 pps -> 1,930,000 pps

Now we should work to add batches on the enqueue() side ;)

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-25 12:19:35 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
008830bc32 net_sched: fq_codel: cache skb->truesize into skb->cb
Now we defer skb drops, it makes sense to keep a copy
of skb->truesize in struct codel_skb_cb to avoid one
cache line miss per dropped skb in fq_codel_drop(),
to reduce latencies a bit further.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-25 12:19:35 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
520ac30f45 net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock is released
Qdisc performance suffers when packets are dropped at enqueue()
time because drops (kfree_skb()) are done while qdisc lock is held,
delaying a dequeue() draining the queue.

Nominal throughput can be reduced by 50 % when this happens,
at a time we would like the dequeue() to proceed as fast as possible.

Even FQ is vulnerable to this problem, while one of FQ goals was
to provide some flow isolation.

This patch adds a 'struct sk_buff **to_free' parameter to all
qdisc->enqueue(), and in qdisc_drop() helper.

I measured a performance increase of up to 12 %, but this patch
is a prereq so that future batches in enqueue() can fly.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-25 12:19:35 -04:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
82bec71d46 netfilter: nf_tables: get rid of NFT_BASECHAIN_DISABLED
This flag was introduced to restore rulesets from the new netdev
family, but since 5ebe0b0eec ("netfilter: nf_tables: destroy
basechain and rules on netdevice removal") the ruleset is released
once the netdev is gone.

This also removes nft_register_basechain() and
nft_unregister_basechain() since they have no clients anymore after
this rework.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:28 +02:00
Florian Westphal
3183ab8997 netfilter: conntrack: allow increasing bucket size via sysctl too
No need to restrict this to module parameter.

We export a copy of the real hash size -- when user alters the value we
allocate the new table, copy entries etc before we update the real size
to the requested one.

This is also needed because the real size is used by concurrent readers
and cannot be changed without synchronizing the conntrack generation
seqcnt.

We only allow changing this value from the initial net namespace.

Tested using http-client-benchmark vs. httpterm with concurrent

while true;do
 echo $RANDOM > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_buckets
done

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:28 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
37a9cc5255 netfilter: nf_tables: add generation mask to sets
Similar to ("netfilter: nf_tables: add generation mask to tables").

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:26 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
664b0f8cd8 netfilter: nf_tables: add generation mask to chains
Similar to ("netfilter: nf_tables: add generation mask to tables").

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:25 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
f2a6d76676 netfilter: nf_tables: add generation mask to tables
This patch addresses two problems:

1) The netlink dump is inconsistent when interfering with an ongoing
   transaction update for several reasons:

1.a) We don't honor the internal NFT_TABLE_INACTIVE flag, and we should
     be skipping these inactive objects in the dump.

1.b) We perform speculative deletion during the preparation phase, that
     may result in skipping active objects.

1.c) The listing order changes, which generates noise when tracking
     incremental ruleset update via tools like git or our own
     testsuite.

2) We don't allow to add and to update the object in the same batch,
   eg. add table x; add table x { flags dormant\; }.

In order to resolve these problems:

1) If the user requests a deletion, the object becomes inactive in the
   next generation. Then, ignore objects that scheduled to be deleted
   from the lookup path, as they will be effectively removed in the
   next generation.

2) From the get/dump path, if the object is not currently active, we
   skip it.

3) Support 'add X -> update X' sequence from a transaction.

After this update, we obtain a consistent list as long as we stay
in the same generation. The userspace side can detect interferences
through the generation counter so it can restart the dumping.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:24 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
889f7ee7c6 netfilter: nf_tables: add generic macros to check for generation mask
Thus, we can reuse these to check the genmask of any object type, not
only rules. This is required now that tables, chain and sets will get a
generation mask field too in follow up patches.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:24 +02:00
Vishwanath Pai
7643507fe8 netfilter: xt_NFLOG: nflog-range does not truncate packets
li->u.ulog.copy_len is currently ignored by the kernel, we should truncate
the packet to either li->u.ulog.copy_len (if set) or copy_range before
sending it to userspace. 0 is a valid input for copy_len, so add a new
flag to indicate whether this was option was specified by the user or not.

Add two flags to indicate whether nflog-size/copy_len was set or not.
XT_NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN is for XT_NFLOG and NFLOG_F_COPY_LEN for nfnetlink_log

On the userspace side, this was initially represented by the option
nflog-range, this will be replaced by --nflog-size now. --nflog-range would
still exist but does not do anything.

Reported-by: Joe Dollard <jdollard@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-24 11:03:23 +02:00
WANG Cong
067a7cd06f act_ife: only acquire tcf_lock for existing actions
Alexey reported that we have GFP_KERNEL allocation when
holding the spinlock tcf_lock. Actually we don't have
to take that spinlock for all the cases, especially
for the new one we just create. To modify the existing
actions, we still need this spinlock to make sure
the whole update is atomic.

For net-next, we can get rid of this spinlock because
we already hold the RTNL lock on slow path, and on fast
path we can use RCU to protect the metalist.

Joint work with Jamal.

Reported-by: Alexey Khoroshilov <khoroshilov@ispras.ru>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-23 12:02:36 -04:00
Florian Westphal
6c8dee9842 netfilter: move zone info into struct nf_conn
Curently we store zone information as a conntrack extension.
This has one drawback: for every lookup we need to fetch the zone data
from the extension area.

This change place the zone data directly into the main conntrack object
structure and then removes the zone conntrack extension.

The zone data is just 4 bytes, it fits into a padding hole before
the tuplehash info, so we do not even increase the nf_conn structure size.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-23 13:33:12 +02:00
Florian Westphal
506e65df52 netfilter: make comparision helpers stub functions in ZONES=n case
Those comparisions are useless in case of ZONES=n; all conntracks
will reside in the same zone by definition.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-06-23 13:32:02 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
9b8c6d7bf2 gre: better support for ICMP messages for gre+ipv6
ipgre_err() can call ip6_err_gen_icmpv6_unreach() for proper
support of ipv4+gre+icmp+ipv6+... frames, used for example
by traceroute/mtr.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-18 22:11:39 -07:00
David Ahern
afbac6010a net: ipv6: Address selection needs to consider L3 domains
IPv6 version of 3f2fb9a834 ("net: l3mdev: address selection should only
consider devices in L3 domain") and the follow up commit, a17b693cdd876
("net: l3mdev: prefer VRF master for source address selection").

That is, if outbound device is given then the address preference order
is an address from that device, an address from the master device if it
is enslaved, and then an address from a device in the same L3 domain.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 21:25:29 -07:00
David Ahern
0d240e7811 net: vrf: Implement get_saddr for IPv6
IPv6 source address selection needs to consider the real egress route.
Similar to IPv4 implement a get_saddr6 method which is called if
source address has not been set.  The get_saddr6 method does a full
lookup which means pulling a route from the VRF FIB table and properly
considering linklocal/multicast destination addresses. Lookup failures
(eg., unreachable) then cause the source address selection to fail
which gets propagated back to the caller.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 21:25:29 -07:00
David Ahern
a2e2ff560f net: ipv6: Move ip6_route_get_saddr to inline
VRF driver needs access to ip6_route_get_saddr code. Since it does
little beyond ipv6_dev_get_saddr and ipv6_dev_get_saddr is already
exported for modules move ip6_route_get_saddr to the header as an
inline.

Code move only; no functional change.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 21:25:29 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
b9adcd69bd vxlan: Add new UDP encapsulation offload type for VXLAN-GPE
The fact is VXLAN with Generic Protocol Extensions cannot be supported by
the same hardware parsers that support VXLAN.  The protocol extensions
allow for things like a Next Protocol field which in turn allows for things
other than Ethernet to be passed over the tunnel.  Most existing parsers
will not know how to interpret this.

To resolve this I am giving VXLAN-GPE its own UDP encapsulation offload
type.  This way hardware that does support GPE can simply add this type to
the switch statement for VXLAN, and if they don't support it then this will
fix any issues where headers might be interpreted incorrectly.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 20:23:32 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
1938ee1fd3 net: Remove deprecated tunnel specific UDP offload functions
Now that we have all the drivers using udp_tunnel_get_rx_ports,
ndo_add_udp_enc_rx_port, and ndo_del_udp_enc_rx_port we can drop the
function calls that were specific to VXLAN and GENEVE.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 20:23:32 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
7c46a640de net: Merge VXLAN and GENEVE push notifiers into a single notifier
This patch merges the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE into a single UDP
tunnel notifier.  The idea is that we will want to only have to make one
notifier call to receive the list of ports for VXLAN and GENEVE tunnels
that need to be offloaded.

In addition we add a new set of ndo functions named ndo_udp_tunnel_add and
ndo_udp_tunnel_del that are meant to allow us to track the tunnel meta-data
such as port and address family as tunnels are added and removed.  The
tunnel meta-data is now transported in a structure named udp_tunnel_info
which for now carries the type, address family, and port number.  In the
future this could be updated so that we can include a tuple of values
including things such as the destination IP address and other fields.

I also ended up going with a naming scheme that consisted of using the
prefix udp_tunnel on function names.  I applied this to the notifier and
ndo ops as well so that it hopefully points to the fact that these are
primarily used in the udp_tunnel functions.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 20:23:29 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
e7b3db5e60 net: Combine GENEVE and VXLAN port notifiers into single functions
This patch merges the GENEVE and VXLAN code so that both functions pass
through a shared code path.  This way we can start the effort of using a
single function on the network device drivers to handle both of these
tunnel types.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 20:23:29 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
86a9805725 vxlan/geneve: Include udp_tunnel.h in vxlan/geneve.h and fixup includes
This patch makes it so that we add udp_tunnel.h to vxlan.h and geneve.h
header files.  This is useful as I plan to move the generic handlers for
the port offloads into the udp_tunnel header file and leave the vxlan and
geneve headers to be a bit more protocol specific.

I also went through and cleaned out a number of redundant includes that
where in the .h and .c files for these drivers.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 20:23:29 -07:00
David S. Miller
695ef16cd0 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter fixes for net

The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are rather small patches but fixing several outstanding bugs in
nf_conntrack and nf_tables, as well as minor problems with missing
SYNPROXY header uapi installation:

1) Oneliner not to leak conntrack kmemcache on module removal, this
   problem was introduced in the previous merge window, patch from
   Florian Westphal.

2) Two fixes for insufficient ruleset loop validation, one due to
   incorrect flag check in nf_tables_bind_set() and another related to
   silly wrong generation mask logic from the walk path, from Liping
   Zhang.

3) Fix double-free of anonymous sets on error, this fix simplifies the
   code to let the abort path take care of releasing the set object,
   also from Liping Zhang.

4) The introduction of helper function for transactions broke the skip
   inactive rules logic from the nft_do_chain(), again from Liping
   Zhang.

5) Two patches to install uapi xt_SYNPROXY.h header and calm down
   kbuild robot due to missing #include <linux/types.h>.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-17 19:50:04 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
e582615ad3 gre: fix error handler
1) gre_parse_header() can be called from gre_err()

   At this point transport header points to ICMP header, not the inner
header.

2) We can not really change transport header as ipgre_err() will later
assume transport header still points to ICMP header (using icmp_hdr())

3) pskb_may_pull() logic in gre_parse_header() really works
  if we are interested at zone pointed by skb->data

4) As Jiri explained in commit b7f8fe251e ("gre: do not pull header in
ICMP error processing") we should not pull headers in error handler.

So this fix :

A) changes gre_parse_header() to use skb->data instead of
skb_transport_header()

B) Adds a nhs parameter to gre_parse_header() so that we can skip the
not pulled IP header from error path.
  This offset is 0 for normal receive path.

C) remove obsolete IPV6 includes

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 22:15:21 -07:00
Philip Prindeville
22a59be8b7 net: ipv4: Add ability to have GRE ignore DF bit in IPv4 payloads
In the presence of firewalls which improperly block ICMP Unreachable
    (including Fragmentation Required) messages, Path MTU Discovery is
    prevented from working.

    A workaround is to handle IPv4 payloads opaquely, ignoring the DF bit--as
    is done for other payloads like AppleTalk--and doing transparent
    fragmentation and reassembly.

    Redux includes the enforcement of mutual exclusion between this feature
    and Path MTU Discovery as suggested by Alexander Duyck.

    Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
    Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
    Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 21:39:59 -07:00
Alexander Aring
bbe5f5cefe 6lowpan: introduce 6lowpan-nd
This patch introduce different 6lowpan handling for receive and transmit
NS/NA messages for the ipv6 neighbour discovery. The first use-case is
for supporting 802.15.4 short addresses inside the option fields and
handling for RFC6775 6CO option field as userspace option.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:23 -07:00
Alexander Aring
cc84b3c6b4 ipv6: export several functions
This patch exports some neighbour discovery functions which can be used
by 6lowpan neighbour discovery ops functionality then.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:23 -07:00
Alexander Aring
f997c55c1d ipv6: introduce neighbour discovery ops
This patch introduces neighbour discovery ops callback structure. The
idea is to separate the handling for 6LoWPAN into the 6lowpan module.

These callback offers 6lowpan different handling, such as 802.15.4 short
address handling or RFC6775 (Neighbor Discovery Optimization for IPv6
over 6LoWPANs).

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:23 -07:00
Alexander Aring
4f36ce84c5 ndisc: add __ndisc_opt_addr_data function
This patch adds __ndisc_opt_addr_data as low-level function for
ndisc_opt_addr_data which doesn't depend on net_device parameter.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:22 -07:00
Alexander Aring
1e82f961ac ndisc: add __ndisc_opt_addr_space function
This patch adds __ndisc_opt_addr_space as low-level function for
ndisc_opt_addr_space which doesn't depend on net_device parameter.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:22 -07:00
Alexander Aring
2ad3ed5919 6lowpan: add 802.15.4 short addr slaac
This patch adds the autoconfiguration if a valid 802.15.4 short address
is available for 802.15.4 6LoWPAN interfaces.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:22 -07:00
Alexander Aring
8626a0c83b 6lowpan: add private neighbour data
This patch will introduce a 6lowpan neighbour private data. Like the
interface private data we handle private data for generic 6lowpan and
for link-layer specific 6lowpan.

The current first use case if to save the short address for a 802.15.4
6lowpan neighbour.

Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 20:41:22 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
1b5c5493e3 net_sched: add the ability to defer skb freeing
qdisc are changed under RTNL protection and often
while blocking BH and root qdisc spinlock.

When lots of skbs need to be dropped, we free
them under these locks causing TX/RX freezes,
and more generally latency spikes.

This commit adds rtnl_kfree_skbs(), used to queue
skbs for deferred freeing.

Actual freeing happens right after RTNL is released,
with appropriate scheduling points.

rtnl_qdisc_drop() can also be used in place
of disc_drop() when RTNL is held.

qdisc_reset_queue() and __qdisc_reset_queue() get
the new behavior, so standard qdiscs like pfifo, pfifo_fast...
have their ->reset() method automatically handled.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 14:08:34 -07:00
WANG Cong
b2313077ed net_sched: make tcf_hash_check() boolean
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 12:43:35 -07:00
David Ahern
9ff7438460 net: vrf: Handle ipv6 multicast and link-local addresses
IPv6 multicast and link-local addresses require special handling by the
VRF driver:
1. Rather than using the VRF device index and full FIB lookups,
   packets to/from these addresses should use direct FIB lookups based on
   the VRF device table.

2. fail sends/receives on a VRF device to/from a multicast address
   (e.g, make ping6 ff02::1%<vrf> fail)

3. move the setting of the flow oif to the first dst lookup and revert
   the change in icmpv6_echo_reply made in ca254490c8 ("net: Add VRF
   support to IPv6 stack"). Linklocal/mcast addresses require use of the
   skb->dev.

With this change connections into and out of a VRF enslaved device work
for multicast and link-local addresses work (icmp, tcp, and udp)
e.g.,

1. packets into VM with VRF config:
    ping6 -c3 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974%br1
    ping6 -c3 ff02::1%br1

    ssh -6 fe80::e0:f9ff:fe1c:b974%br1

2. packets going out a VRF enslaved device:
    ping6 -c3 fe80::18f8:83ff:fe4b:7a2e%eth1
    ping6 -c3 ff02::1%eth1
    ssh -6 root@fe80::18f8:83ff:fe4b:7a2e%eth1

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 12:34:34 -07:00
David Ahern
cd2a9e62c8 net: l3mdev: Remove const from flowi6 arg to get_rt6_dst
Allow drivers to pass flow arg to functions where the arg is not const
and allow the driver to make updates as needed (eg., setting oif).

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-15 12:34:34 -07:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
8588ac097b netfilter: nf_tables: reject loops from set element jump to chain
Liping Zhang says:

"Users may add such a wrong nft rules successfully, which will cause an
endless jump loop:

  # nft add rule filter test tcp dport vmap {1: jump test}

This is because before we commit, the element in the current anonymous
set is inactive, so osp->walk will skip this element and miss the
validate check."

To resolve this problem, this patch passes the generation mask to the
walk function through the iter container structure depending on the code
path:

1) If we're dumping the elements, then we have to check if the element
   is active in the current generation. Thus, we check for the current
   bit in the genmask.

2) If we're checking for loops, then we have to check if the element is
   active in the next generation, as we're in the middle of a
   transaction. Thus, we check for the next bit in the genmask.

Based on original patch from Liping Zhang.

Reported-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Liping Zhang <liping.zhang@spreadtrum.com>
2016-06-15 12:17:23 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
45f50bed1d net_sched: remove generic throttled management
__QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit manipulation is rather expensive
for HTB and few others.

I already removed it for sch_fq in commit f2600cf02b
("net: sched: avoid costly atomic operation in fq_dequeue()")
and so far nobody complained.

When one ore more packets are stuck in one or more throttled
HTB class, a htb dequeue() performs two atomic operations
to clear/set __QDISC_STATE_THROTTLED bit, while root qdisc
lock is held.

Removing this pair of atomic operations bring me a 8 % performance
increase on 200 TCP_RR tests, in presence of throttled classes.

This patch has no side effect, since nothing actually uses
disc_is_throttled() anymore.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-10 23:58:21 -07:00
David S. Miller
d6cf3a85b4 For the next cycle, we have the following:
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
    with the mac80211 internal software queues
  * cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
    "no connection at all" case
  * advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
    they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
  * most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
    changes
  * human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
  * some other cleanups, like spelling
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJXWWe/AAoJEGt7eEactAAdXVsQAKGkdXGmUU14tfiRCnZryMEH
 GyiVDHQivfcadicbK9599LXadvYc6ATZHfYoSnROwB82NfhKB71N8dUJ4qePxLNa
 lDe5uuuAgxtHG63hK1R02flPorkBAEcUcdHsFSuOw7JWag4/49sCqWH8X5K8E9aT
 vrhaPeppJPydwnmNzNOBvMsLEJFJdZWaEZupZQ0kiJ/jB/howFdzF75GxGQ2jh+F
 dPk22/PtV2igCtntqaty7h057AdZ+znQuiUdVB7eYIOle7veeGyMzFFf0xQ99LAZ
 +xcA7GA74u6m8O6SUVw+6nhrUJ5XTsKGUtmKCTVOcUGa5z7XDD7NIxk2SgloCJkC
 qPqVU8wyBCxKc+6JsyiVSLcB5MWvWxifvo0OyLsbCqhN50bTtJT96ymKOAx4NeSG
 s+TYlV2HgVRNN6PzGvl/ZUo8Mm1UFGWlCBPcyMy9Fwc0jxdhnOAZzOtqV1yVwlCz
 M43RKwxBX6MHAtlfwy6g3M5ievAviwY3Kt+yGeLRIVsJJfOUdQxYAa+m7GTeohD/
 Tns4IHbtWJiLTKuaTvrs4ec3ycXrv7iibMINcarvkTgbbF9Qvarf/e2RoWO/freY
 OUixDdG7HmsY0XIUhSepeMJpn5xIhQ7dkmckhzDEgZqBM6uPJEMB2+O/CGNDsxEp
 VjfnwXJ+9PQrjheBvnD2
 =FvhQ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-06-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
For the next cycle, we have the following:
 * the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
   with the mac80211 internal software queues
 * cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
   "no connection at all" case
 * advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
   they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
 * most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
   changes
 * human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
 * some other cleanups, like spelling
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-10 23:13:32 -07:00
Lawrence Brakmo
6f094b9ec6 tcp: add in_flight to tcp_skb_cb
Add in_flight (bytes in flight when packet was sent) field
to tx component of tcp_skb_cb and make it available to
congestion modules' pkts_acked() function through the
ack_sample function argument.

Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-10 23:07:49 -07:00
David S. Miller
1578b0a5e9 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	net/sched/act_police.c
	net/sched/sch_drr.c
	net/sched/sch_hfsc.c
	net/sched/sch_prio.c
	net/sched/sch_red.c
	net/sched/sch_tbf.c

In net-next the drop methods of the packet schedulers got removed, so
the bug fixes to them in 'net' are irrelevant.

A packet action unload crash fix conflicts with the addition of the
new firstuse timestamp.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-10 11:52:24 -07:00
Willem de Bruijn
719c44d340 packet: compat support for sock_fprog
Socket option PACKET_FANOUT_DATA takes a struct sock_fprog as argument
if PACKET_FANOUT has mode PACKET_FANOUT_CBPF. This structure contains
a pointer into user memory. If userland is 32-bit and kernel is 64-bit
the two disagree about the layout of struct sock_fprog.

Add compat setsockopt support to convert a 32-bit compat_sock_fprog to
a 64-bit sock_fprog. This is analogous to compat_sock_fprog support for
SO_REUSEPORT added in commit 1957598840 ("soreuseport: add compat
case for setsockopt SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_CBPF").

Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-09 23:41:03 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
52fbb29079 net: sched: fix qdisc->running lockdep annotations
1) qdisc_run_begin() is really using the equivalent of a trylock.
  Instead of using write_seqcount_begin(), use a combination of
  raw_write_seqcount_begin() and correct lockdep annotation.

2) sch_direct_xmit() should use regular spin_lock(root_lock)

Fixes: f9eb8aea2a ("net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-09 13:28:37 -07:00
Michal Kazior
5caa328e38 mac80211: implement codel on fair queuing flows
There is no other limit other than a global
packet count limit when using software queuing.
This means a single flow queue can grow insanely
long. This is particularly bad for TCP congestion
algorithms which requires a little more
sophisticated frame dropping scheme than a mere
headdrop on limit overflow.

Hence apply (a slighly modified, to fit the knobs)
CoDel5 on flow queues. This improves TCP
convergence and stability when combined with
wireless driver which keeps its own tx queue/fifo
at a minimum fill level for given link conditions.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-06-09 11:45:10 +02:00
Michal Kazior
80a83cfc43 mac80211: skip netdev queue control with software queuing
Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11
aggregation requirements and hand out
packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are
destined to the same tid. This does more bad than
good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave
on an ethernet interface.

Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue
congestion control whenever a global AC limit was
hit. This meant in practice a single station or
tid queue could starve others rather easily. This
could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could
just end up with poor aggregation performance.
Increasing the AC limit would increase induced
latency which is also bad.

Disabling qdiscs by default and performing
taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion
control on the other hand makes it possible for
tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while
preventing stations starving each other.

This increases aggregation opportunities and
should allow software queuing based drivers
achieve better performance by utilizing airtime
more efficiently with big aggregates.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-06-09 11:31:27 +02:00
Florian Westphal
c8945043cd sched: place state, next_sched and gso_skb in same cacheline again
Earlier commits removed two members from struct Qdisc which places
next_sched/gso_skb into a different cacheline than ->state.

This restores the struct layout to what it was before the removal.
Move the two members, then add an annotation so they all reside in the
same cacheline.

This adds a 16 byte hole after cpu_qstats.

The hole could be closed but as it doesn't decrease total struct size just
do it this way.

Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 23:58:52 -07:00
Florian Westphal
a09ceb0e08 sched: remove qdisc->drop
after removal of TCA_CBQ_OVL_STRATEGY from cbq scheduler, there are no
more callers of ->drop() outside of other ->drop functions, i.e.
nothing calls them.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 23:58:52 -07:00
Florian Westphal
c3a173d7db sched: remove qdisc_rehape_fail
After the removal of TCA_CBQ_POLICE in cbq scheduler qdisc->reshape_fail
is always NULL, i.e. qdisc_rehape_fail is now the same as qdisc_drop.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 23:58:51 -07:00
Florian Westphal
dd47c1fa77 cbq: remove TCA_CBQ_POLICE support
iproute2 doesn't implement any cbq option that results in this attribute
being sent to kernel.

To make use of it, user would have to

- patch iproute2
- add a class
- attach a qdisc to the class (default pfifo doesn't work as
  q->handle is 0 and cbq_set_police() is a no-op in this case)
- re-'add' the same class (tc class change ...) again
- user must also specifiy a defmap (e.g. 'split 1:0 defmap 3f'), since
  this 'police' feature relies on its presence
- the added qdisc must be one of bfifo, pfifo or netem

If all of these conditions are met and _some_ leaf qdiscs, namely
p/bfifo, netem, plug or tbf would drop a packet, kernel calls back into
cbq, which will attempt to re-queue the skb into a different class
as indicated by the parents' defmap entry for TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT.

[ i.e. we behave as if tc_classify returned TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY ].

This feature, which isn't documented or implemented in iproute2,
and isn't implemented consistently (most qdiscs like sfq, codel, etc
drop right away instead of attempting this reclassification) is the
sole reason for the reshape_fail and __parent member in Qdisc struct.

So remove TCA_CBQ_POLICE support from the kernel, reject it via EOPNOTSUPP
so userspace knows we don't support it, and then remove no-longer needed
infrastructure in followup commit.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 23:58:51 -07:00
David Ahern
96c63fa739 net: Add l3mdev rule
Currently, VRFs require 1 oif and 1 iif rule per address family per
VRF. As the number of VRF devices increases it brings scalability
issues with the increasing rule list. All of the VRF rules have the
same format with the exception of the specific table id to direct the
lookup. Since the table id is available from the oif or iif in the
loopup, the VRF rules can be consolidated to a single rule that pulls
the table from the VRF device.

This patch introduces a new rule attribute l3mdev. The l3mdev rule
means the table id used for the lookup is pulled from the L3 master
device (e.g., VRF) rather than being statically defined. With the
l3mdev rule all of the basic VRF FIB rules are reduced to 1 l3mdev
rule per address family (IPv4 and IPv6).

If an admin wishes to insert higher priority rules for specific VRFs
those rules will co-exist with the l3mdev rule. This capability means
current VRF scripts will co-exist with this new simpler implementation.

Currently, the rules list for both ipv4 and ipv6 look like this:
    $ ip  ru ls
    1000:       from all oif vrf1 lookup 1001
    1000:       from all iif vrf1 lookup 1001
    1000:       from all oif vrf2 lookup 1002
    1000:       from all iif vrf2 lookup 1002
    1000:       from all oif vrf3 lookup 1003
    1000:       from all iif vrf3 lookup 1003
    1000:       from all oif vrf4 lookup 1004
    1000:       from all iif vrf4 lookup 1004
    1000:       from all oif vrf5 lookup 1005
    1000:       from all iif vrf5 lookup 1005
    1000:       from all oif vrf6 lookup 1006
    1000:       from all iif vrf6 lookup 1006
    1000:       from all oif vrf7 lookup 1007
    1000:       from all iif vrf7 lookup 1007
    1000:       from all oif vrf8 lookup 1008
    1000:       from all iif vrf8 lookup 1008
    ...
    32765:      from all lookup local
    32766:      from all lookup main
    32767:      from all lookup default

With the l3mdev rule the list is just the following regardless of the
number of VRFs:
    $ ip ru ls
    1000:       from all lookup [l3mdev table]
    32765:      from all lookup local
    32766:      from all lookup main
    32767:      from all lookup default

(Note: the above pretty print of the rule is based on an iproute2
       prototype. Actual verbage may change)

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:36:02 -07:00
Florian Fainelli
0c73c523cf net: dsa: Initialize CPU port ethtool ops per tree
Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system,
using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered
as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that.

We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't
really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time
initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and
dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens.

The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its
original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver)

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-08 11:23:42 -07:00
David S. Miller
3256564458 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net

The following patchset contains two Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net
tree, they are:

1) Fix missing alignment in next offset calculation for standard
   targets, introduced in the previous merge window, patch from
   Florian Westphal.

2) Fix to correct the handling of outgoing connections which use the
   SIP-pe such that the binding of a real-server is updated when needed.
   This was an omission from changes introduced by Marco Angaroni in
   the previous merge window too, to allow handling of outgoing
   connections by the SIP-pe. Patch and report came via Simon Horman.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 17:14:10 -07:00
Daniel Borkmann
92c075dbde net: sched: fix tc_should_offload for specific clsact classes
When offloading classifiers such as u32 or flower to hardware, and the
qdisc is clsact (TC_H_CLSACT), then we need to differentiate its classes,
since not all of them handle ingress, therefore we must leave those in
software path. Add a .tcf_cl_offload() callback, so we can generically
handle them, tested on ixgbe.

Fixes: 10cbc68434 ("net/sched: cls_flower: Hardware offloaded filters statistics support")
Fixes: 5b33f48842 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 16:59:53 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
edb09eb17e net: sched: do not acquire qdisc spinlock in qdisc/class stats dump
Large tc dumps (tc -s {qdisc|class} sh dev ethX) done by Google BwE host
agent [1] are problematic at scale :

For each qdisc/class found in the dump, we currently lock the root qdisc
spinlock in order to get stats. Sampling stats every 5 seconds from
thousands of HTB classes is a challenge when the root qdisc spinlock is
under high pressure. Not only the dumps take time, they also slow
down the fast path (queue/dequeue packets) by 10 % to 20 % in some cases.

An audit of existing qdiscs showed that sch_fq_codel is the only qdisc
that might need the qdisc lock in fq_codel_dump_stats() and
fq_codel_dump_class_stats()

In v2 of this patch, I now use the Qdisc running seqcount to provide
consistent reads of packets/bytes counters, regardless of 32/64 bit arches.

I also changed rate estimators to use the same infrastructure
so that they no longer need to lock root qdisc lock.

[1]
http://static.googleusercontent.com/media/research.google.com/en//pubs/archive/43838.pdf

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Kevin Athey <kda@google.com>
Cc: Xiaotian Pei <xiaotian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 16:37:14 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
f9eb8aea2a net_sched: transform qdisc running bit into a seqcount
Instead of using a single bit (__QDISC___STATE_RUNNING)
in sch->__state, use a seqcount.

This adds lockdep support, but more importantly it will allow us
to sample qdisc/class statistics without having to grab qdisc root lock.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 16:37:13 -07:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
0b0f43fe2e net sched: indentation and other OCD stylistic fixes
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
2016-06-07 15:53:54 -07:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
48d8ee1694 net sched actions: aggregate dumping of actions timeinfo
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 15:53:43 -07:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
53eb440f4a net sched actions: introduce timestamp for firsttime use
Useful to know when the action was first used for accounting
(and debugging)

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 15:53:43 -07:00
WANG Cong
a27758ffaf net_sched: keep backlog updated with qlen
For gso_skb we only update qlen, backlog should be updated too.

Note, it is correct to just update these stats at one layer,
because the gso_skb is cached there.

Reported-by: Stas Nichiporovich <stasn77@gmail.com>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-06 21:14:29 -04:00
Marco Angaroni
3ec10d3a2b ipvs: update real-server binding of outgoing connections in SIP-pe
Previous patch that introduced handling of outgoing packets in SIP
persistent-engine did not call ip_vs_check_template() in case packet was
matching a connection template. Assumption was that real-server was
healthy, since it was sending a packet just in that moment.

There are however real-server fault conditions requiring that association
between call-id and real-server (represented by connection template)
gets updated. Here is an example of the sequence of events:
  1) RS1 is a back2back user agent that handled call-id1 and call-id2
  2) RS1 is down and was marked as unavailable
  3) new message from outside comes to IPVS with call-id1
  4) IPVS reschedules the message to RS2, which becomes new call handler
  5) RS2 forwards the message outside, translating call-id1 to call-id2
  6) inside pe->conn_out() IPVS matches call-id2 with existing template
  7) IPVS does not change association call-id2 <-> RS1
  8) new message comes from client with call-id2
  9) IPVS reschedules the message to a real-server potentially different
     from RS2, which is now the correct destination

This patch introduces ip_vs_check_template() call in the handling of
outgoing packets for SIP-pe. And also introduces a second optional
argument for ip_vs_check_template() that allows to check if dest
associated to a connection template is the same dest that was identified
as the source of the packet. This is to change the real-server bound to a
particular call-id independently from its availability status: the idea
is that it's more reliable, for in->out direction (where internal
network can be considered trusted), to always associate a call-id with
the last real-server that used it in one of its messages. Think about
above sequence of events where, just after step 5, RS1 returns instead
to be available.

Comparison of dests is done by simply comparing pointers to struct
ip_vs_dest; there should be no cases where struct ip_vs_dest keeps its
memory address, but represent a different real-server in terms of
ip-address / port.

Fixes: 39b9722315 ("ipvs: handle connections started by real-servers")
Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2016-06-06 09:47:25 +09:00
Andrew Lunn
83c0afaec7 net: dsa: Add new binding implementation
The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The
main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device,
hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform
device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware.

Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on
a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:55 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
39a7f2a4eb net: dsa: Refactor selection of tag ops into a function
Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the
result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know
the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:54 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
66472fc04e net: dsa: Copy the routing table into the switch structure
The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the
routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards
compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch
structure.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
4a7704ffa8 net: dsa: Remove dynamic allocate of routing table
With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the
same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
189b0d93ec net: dsa: Move port device node into port structure
Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the
chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing
the new binding.

The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding,
before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings,
this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections
between the switches is derived from the individual switch
bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Andrew Lunn
c8b098086b net: dsa: Add a ports structure and use it in the switch structure
There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch
structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 14:29:53 -07:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
90017accff sctp: Add GSO support
SCTP has this pecualiarity that its packets cannot be just segmented to
(P)MTU. Its chunks must be contained in IP segments, padding respected.
So we can't just generate a big skb, set gso_size to the fragmentation
point and deliver it to IP layer.

This patch takes a different approach. SCTP will now build a skb as it
would be if it was received using GRO. That is, there will be a cover
skb with protocol headers and children ones containing the actual
segments, already segmented to a way that respects SCTP RFCs.

With that, we can tell skb_segment() to just split based on frag_list,
trusting its sizes are already in accordance.

This way SCTP can benefit from GSO and instead of passing several
packets through the stack, it can pass a single large packet.

v2:
- Added support for receiving GSO frames, as requested by Dave Miller.
- Clear skb->cb if packet is GSO (otherwise it's not used by SCTP)
- Added heuristics similar to what we have in TCP for not generating
  single GSO packets that fills cwnd.
v3:
- consider sctphdr size in skb_gso_transport_seglen()
- rebased due to 5c7cdf339a ("gso: Remove arbitrary checks for
  unsupported GSO")

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-03 19:37:21 -04:00
David S. Miller
fc14963f24 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter fixes for net

The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:

1) Fix incorrect timestamp in nfnetlink_queue introduced when addressing
   y2038 safe timestamp, from Florian Westphal.

2) Get rid of leftover conntrack definition from the previous merge
   window, oneliner from Florian.

3) Make nf_queue handler pernet to resolve race on dereferencing the
   hook state structure with netns removal, from Eric Biederman.

4) Ensure clean exit on unregistered helper ports, from Taehee Yoo.

5) Restore FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH in nf_dup_ipv6. This got lost while
   generalizing xt_TEE to add packet duplication support in nf_tables,
   from Paolo Abeni.

6) Insufficient netlink NFTA_SET_TABLE attribute check in
   nf_tables_getset(), from Phil Turnbull.

7) Reject helper registration on duplicated ports via modparams.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-01 17:54:19 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
595d0b2946 udp: avoid csum_partial() for validated skb
In commit e6afc8ace6 ("udp: remove headers from UDP packets before
queueing"), udp_csum_pull_header() helper was added but missed fact
that CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY packets were now converted to CHECKSUM_NONE
and skb->csum_valid was set to 1 for them.

Since csum_partial() is quite expensive, even for 8-byte area, it is
worth adding a test.

We also can use skb->data instead of udp_hdr() as we are pulling
UDP headers, as it is sightly faster.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-01 17:41:36 -07:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
019ae3a918 cfg80211: Advertise extended capabilities per interface type to userspace
The driver extended capabilities may differ for different
interface types which the userspace needs to know (for
example the fine timing measurement initiator and responder
bits might differ for a station and AP). Add a new nl80211
attribute to provide extended capabilities per interface type
to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-31 15:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf1ecd2105 cfg80211: Allow cfg80211_connect_result() errors to be distinguished
Previously, the status parameter to cfg80211_connect_result() was
documented as using WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE (1) when the real
status code for the failure is not known. This value can be used by an
AP (and often is) and as such, user space cannot distinguish between
explicitly rejected authentication/association and not being able to
even try to associate or not receiving a response from the AP.

Add a new inline function, cfg80211_connect_timeout(), to be used when
the driver knows that the connection attempt failed due to a reason
where connection could not be attempt or no response was received from
the AP. The internal functions now allow a negative status value (-1) to
be used as an indication of this special case. This results in the
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT to be added to the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event to
allow user space to determine this case was hit. For backwards
compatibility, NL80211_STATUS_CODE with the value
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE is still indicated in the event in such
a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[johannes: fix cfg80211_connect_bss() prototype to use int for status,
 add cfg80211_connect_timeout() to docbook, fix docbook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-31 15:22:15 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann
9791d8e762 ipv6: hide ip6_encap_hlen/ip6_tnl_encap definitions
A recent cleanup moved MAX_IPTUN_ENCAP_OPS along with some other
definitions, but it is now invisible when CONFIG_INET is
not defined, but still referenced from ip6_tunnel.h:

In file included from net/xfrm/xfrm_input.c:17:0:
include/net/ip6_tunnel.h:67:17: error: 'MAX_IPTUN_ENCAP_OPS' undeclared here (not in a function)
   ip6tun_encaps[MAX_IPTUN_ENCAP_OPS];
                 ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This hides the ip6_encap_hlen and ip6_tnl_encap functions inside
of CONFIG_INET so we don't run into the the problem.

Alternatively we could move the macro out of the #ifdef again to
restore the previous behavior

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 55c2bc1432 ("net: Cleanup encap items in ip_tunnels.h")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-29 22:24:21 -07:00
Eric W. Biederman
dc3ee32e96 netfilter: nf_queue: Make the queue_handler pernet
Florian Weber reported:
> Under full load (unshare() in loop -> OOM conditions) we can
> get kernel panic:
>
> BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000008
> IP: [<ffffffff81476c85>] nfqnl_nf_hook_drop+0x35/0x70
> [..]
> task: ffff88012dfa3840 ti: ffff88012dffc000 task.ti: ffff88012dffc000
> RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff81476c85>]  [<ffffffff81476c85>] nfqnl_nf_hook_drop+0x35/0x70
> RSP: 0000:ffff88012dfffd80  EFLAGS: 00010206
> RAX: 0000000000000008 RBX: ffffffff81add0c0 RCX: ffff88013fd80000
> [..]
> Call Trace:
>  [<ffffffff81474d98>] nf_queue_nf_hook_drop+0x18/0x20
>  [<ffffffff814738eb>] nf_unregister_net_hook+0xdb/0x150
>  [<ffffffff8147398f>] netfilter_net_exit+0x2f/0x60
>  [<ffffffff8141b088>] ops_exit_list.isra.4+0x38/0x60
>  [<ffffffff8141b652>] setup_net+0xc2/0x120
>  [<ffffffff8141bd09>] copy_net_ns+0x79/0x120
>  [<ffffffff8106965b>] create_new_namespaces+0x11b/0x1e0
>  [<ffffffff810698a7>] unshare_nsproxy_namespaces+0x57/0xa0
>  [<ffffffff8104baa2>] SyS_unshare+0x1b2/0x340
>  [<ffffffff81608276>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1e/0xa8
> Code: 65 00 48 89 e5 41 56 41 55 41 54 53 83 e8 01 48 8b 97 70 12 00 00 48 98 49 89 f4 4c 8b 74 c2 18 4d 8d 6e 08 49 81 c6 88 00 00 00 <49> 8b 5d 00 48 85 db 74 1a 48 89 df 4c 89 e2 48 c7 c6 90 68 47
>

The simple fix for this requires a new pernet variable for struct
nf_queue that indicates when it is safe to use the dynamically
allocated nf_queue state.

As we need a variable anyway make nf_register_queue_handler and
nf_unregister_queue_handler pernet.  This allows the existing logic of
when it is safe to use the state from the nfnetlink_queue module to be
reused with no changes except for making it per net.

The syncrhonize_rcu from nf_unregister_queue_handler is moved to a new
function nfnl_queue_net_exit_batch so that the worst case of having a
syncrhonize_rcu in the pernet exit path is not experienced in batch
mode.

Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-25 11:54:22 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
a9efad8b24 net_sched: avoid too many hrtimer_start() calls
I found a serious performance bug in packet schedulers using hrtimers.

sch_htb and sch_fq are definitely impacted by this problem.

We constantly rearm high resolution timers if some packets are throttled
in one (or more) class, and other packets are flying through qdisc on
another (non throttled) class.

hrtimer_start() does not have the mod_timer() trick of doing nothing if
expires value does not change :

	if (timer_pending(timer) &&
            timer->expires == expires)
                return 1;

This issue is particularly visible when multiple cpus can queue/dequeue
packets on the same qdisc, as hrtimer code has to lock a remote base.

I used following fix :

1) Change htb to use qdisc_watchdog_schedule_ns() instead of open-coding
it.

2) Cache watchdog prior expiration. hrtimer might provide this, but I
prefer to not rely on some hrtimer internal.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-24 14:49:14 -07:00
Andrey Ryabinin
fc64869c48 net: sock: move ->sk_shutdown out of bitfields.
->sk_shutdown bits share one bitfield with some other bits in sock struct,
such as ->sk_no_check_[r,t]x, ->sk_userlocks ...
sock_setsockopt() may write to these bits, while holding the socket lock.

In case of AF_UNIX sockets, we change ->sk_shutdown bits while holding only
unix_state_lock(). So concurrent setsockopt() and shutdown() may lead
to corrupting these bits.

Fix this by moving ->sk_shutdown bits out of bitfield into a separate byte.
This will not change the 'struct sock' size since ->sk_shutdown moved into
previously unused 16-bit hole.

Signed-off-by: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 18:05:32 -04:00
Tom Herbert
b8921ca83e ip4ip6: Support for GSO/GRO
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 18:03:17 -04:00
Tom Herbert
aa3463d65e fou: Add encap ops for IPv6 tunnels
This patch add a new fou6 module that provides encapsulation
operations for IPv6.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 18:03:16 -04:00
Tom Herbert
058214a4d1 ip6_tun: Add infrastructure for doing encapsulation
Add encap_hlen and ip_tunnel_encap structure to ip6_tnl. Add functions
for getting encap hlen, setting up encap on a tunnel, performing
encapsulation operation.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 18:03:16 -04:00
Tom Herbert
dc969b81eb fou: Split out {fou,gue}_build_header
Create __fou_build_header and __gue_build_header. These implement the
protocol generic parts of building the fou and gue header.
fou_build_header and gue_build_header implement the IPv4 specific
functions and call the __*_build_header functions.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 18:03:16 -04:00
Tom Herbert
55c2bc1432 net: Cleanup encap items in ip_tunnels.h
Consolidate all the ip_tunnel_encap definitions in one spot in the
header file. Also, move ip_encap_hlen and ip_tunnel_encap from
ip_tunnel.c to ip_tunnels.h so they call be called without a dependency
on ip_tunnel module. Similarly, move iptun_encaps to ip_tunnel_core.c.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 18:03:16 -04:00
Arnd Bergmann
e6790fd861 mlx5: avoid unused variable warning
When CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is disabled, we get a new warning in the mlx5
ethernet driver because the tc_for_each_action() loop never references
the iterator:

mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c: In function 'mlx5e_stats_flower':
mellanox/mlx5/core/en_tc.c:431:20: error: unused variable 'a' [-Werror=unused-variable]
  struct tc_action *a;

This changes the dummy tc_for_each_action() macro by adding a
cast to void, letting the compiler know that the variable is
intentionally declared but not used here. I could not come up
with a nicer workaround, but this seems to do the trick.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: aad7e08d39 ("net/mlx5e: Hardware offloaded flower filter statistics support")
Fixes: 00175aec94 ("net/sched: Macro instead of CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT ifdef")
Acked-By: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-20 11:23:49 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
da4ed55165 switchdev: pass pointer to fib_info instead of copy
The problem is that fib_info->nh is [0] so the struct fib_info
allocation size depends on number of nexthops. If we just copy fib_info,
we do not copy the nexthops info and driver accesses memory which is not
ours.

Given the fact that fib4 does not defer operations and therefore it does
not need copy, just pass the pointer down to drivers as it was done
before.

Fixes: 850d0cbc91 ("switchdev: remove pointers from switchdev objects")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-17 13:58:49 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
5022524308 netlink: kill nla_put_u64()
This function is not used anymore. nla_put_u64_64bit() should be used
instead.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-16 13:46:23 -04:00
Amir Vadai
10cbc68434 net/sched: cls_flower: Hardware offloaded filters statistics support
Introduce a new command in ndo_setup_tc() for hardware offloaded
filters, to call the NIC driver, and make it update the statistics.
This will be done before dumping the filter and its statistics.

Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-16 13:43:50 -04:00
Amir Vadai
3804070235 net/sched: Enable netdev drivers to update statistics of offloaded actions
Introduce stats_update callback. netdev driver could call it for offloaded
actions to update the basic statistics (packets, bytes and last use).
Since bstats_update() and bstats_cpu_update() use skb as an argument to
get the counters, _bstats_update() and _bstats_cpu_update(), that get
bytes and packets as arguments, were added.

Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirva@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-16 13:43:50 -04:00
Samudrala, Sridhar
d34e3e1813 net: cls_u32: Add support for skip-sw flag to tc u32 classifier.
On devices that support TC U32 offloads, this flag enables a filter to be
added only to HW. skip-sw and skip-hw are mutually exclusive flags. By
default without any flags, the filter is added to both HW and SW, but no
error checks are done in case of failure to add to HW. With skip-sw,
failure to add to HW is treated as an error.

Here is a sample script that adds 2 filters, one with skip-sw and the other
with skip-hw flag.

   # add ingress qdisc
   tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress

   # enable hw tc offload.
   ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on

   # add u32 filter with skip-sw flag.
   tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
      handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:1 \
      skip-sw \
      match ip src 192.168.1.0/24 \
      action drop

   # add u32 filter with skip-hw flag.
   tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
      handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: flowid 800:2 \
      skip-hw \
      match ip src 192.168.2.0/24 \
      action drop

Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-16 13:30:57 -04:00
Samudrala, Sridhar
760edee8b5 net: sched: Move TCA_CLS_FLAGS_SKIP_HW to uapi header file.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-16 13:30:56 -04:00
Haishuang Yan
da73b4e953 gre: Fix wrong tpi->proto in WCCP
When dealing with WCCP in gre6 tunnel, it sets the wrong tpi->protocol,
that is, ETH_P_IP instead of ETH_P_IPV6 for the encapuslated traffic.

Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-12 16:53:58 -04:00
David S. Miller
7fd38193d0 Some more work for 4.7, notably:
* completion and fixups of nla_put_64_64bit() work
  * remove a/b/g/n from wext nickname to avoid confusion
    with 11ac (which wouldn't even fit fully there due to
    string length restrictions)
 
 along with some other minor changes/cleanups.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJXNGMwAAoJEGt7eEactAAdrRMP/RGmFd1I8Z7gIsKc7pdknf20
 4xLA3v8cqD7c9OtqlfVSfIyIosNl+pMatXK4eSaYzJICmdV9lU8VqgW6eH9lmDuM
 q8Eis2/i7ZozzYhANVFQxMRvmSED8MeRm49LOzRofuPg4FHzyTYd8+TRfQ+QGRm9
 xlrKTJ4BwH5lZgmH20/cphbffo5j8IyjzjKw0MC/tjikIePww6Am/r1jpCnd0Mwz
 rWwRa4pQ9JBV7UzzzdcMpdn3KJkteFq/gJPCpZVDo3Zf+L21UavxP99NoUWiUvUU
 bEQ9FzcuB7Zyt/lCAyu3ECBGqLvskqseFg3zmDnUoL7GmCZ1PZlfsnfOhQP0HgpI
 t/dyw+TYIu6d4ZHbqGM6q6usjIJLltaxATwvREq3VdWFn5fYFu0Em3CyQ0on1XGn
 4anNdkilGxaVEHCFBvfLvMTEfsTj7eycsNsDrZEGYV3NwX/wfz+6thqqu8gXFUsC
 4MB1fS+YPg7u72ne+oJSPyJyFofYXDSjdNqnZ6HSQEZHinE+FnDCywZlJesxzDsH
 q1ABkKLnmMNIwHxbfRBE0eO8sKXo6kUTJeFmWHtxB8/LcsLsV0/8juUy9H5PPZPU
 7TJhn4SZrlJb92xq1DQ0t1xsRxTLonbRuu9PtVVZMUhZP69PpzK9toC6eCo9bovn
 XFdSQ2c2xRwRAiSjUpQP
 =QNxF
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-05-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Some more work for 4.7, notably:
 * completion and fixups of nla_put_64_64bit() work
 * remove a/b/g/n from wext nickname to avoid confusion
   with 11ac (which wouldn't even fit fully there due to
   string length restrictions)

along with some other minor changes/cleanups.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-12 11:46:58 -04:00
Johannes Berg
46fa38e84b mac80211: allow software PS-Poll/U-APSD with AP_LINK_PS
When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order,
and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping
track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now.

In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to
still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD
and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that
entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used.

To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger()
and ieee80211_sta_pspoll().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-12 11:16:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
53873f134d cfg80211: make wdev_list accessible to drivers
There's no harm in having drivers read the list, since they can
use RCU protection or RTNL locking; allow this to not require
each and every driver to also implement its own bookkeeping.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-12 11:16:40 +02:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
9e9ea43905 cfg80211: allow finding vendor with OUI without specifying the OUI type
This allows finding vendor IE from a specific vendor.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-12 11:15:42 +02:00
Sara Sharon
f631a77ba9 mac80211: allow same PN for AMSDU sub-frames
Some hardware (iwlwifi an example) de-aggregate AMSDUs and copy the IV
as is to the generated MPDUs, so the same PN appears in multiple
packets without being a replay attack.  Allow driver to explicitly
indicate that a frame is allowed to have the same PN as the previous
frame.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-12 11:14:45 +02:00
David S. Miller
631ad4a3e7 NFC 4.7 pull request
This is the first NFC pull request for 4.7. With this one we
 mainly have:
 
 - Support for NXP's pn532 NFC chipset. The pn532 is based on the same
   microcontroller as the pn533, but it talks to the host through i2c
   instead of USB. By separating the pn533 driver into core and PHY
   parts, we can not add the i2c layer and support the pn532 chipset.
 
 - Support for NCI's loopback mode. This is a testing mode where each
   packet received by the NFCC is sent back to the DH, allowing the
   host to test that the controller can receive and send data.
 
 - A few ACPI related fixes for the STMicro drivers, in order to match
   the device tree naming scheme.
 
 - A bunch of cleanups for the st-nci and the st21nfca STMicro drivers.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v1
 
 iQIcBAABAgAGBQJXMRA8AAoJEIqAPN1PVmxKknQP/2WyaVYD+jeRkM4pymRQ/6s6
 V2+be68JlatvC53D6fbzo9FF8/QO7w++vTF+KI5nV6g/RvkPvKnxg2DC39fob0DA
 6x7KaRuUrTwxBx4tfsvtNfUL4idRi3i6/hrYRJyzaNMHKAukDbjJQiCchveUhZeB
 NlfYSEcieNnRJkGpdVGny4tea0fFOY6v+Uz74h2HboKbSD3SGNK29v47AqxH/ssg
 Y9XycyYWWF1w2uOUfFzJFsvBAYcPlBDF4WqQ8SkamxhaPAB047Ysfp3y9vWGc8By
 pdXLNAALzlCIt2JeGsrXhLG+Zf3y3w3G7HlcVbkh5BcB6fN2FYpPZurY8Km8Z6SM
 ufgP8MwGOvOJa9NKapSm3FF6Tl1B3gCK3+SWT5N/lSNEFnaoZ6xMNGqXe1RhTght
 +oqfuHLNO0YulQG0/ixJJl08p4eb6hhUMO3LKan3AYub9kgk63I43XeKXhIlqmLJ
 tEh3xAPzbPyu+nwkrJF0B2tMeUdrCKZaucru/upYcZi7LDbQOvMjHgTS8YmX/aBk
 gCOjINs+U1Q9jN2B7fMJe1uP6DJOTVW+xqiaLBLwHawRBhQQPbg+pLK/sHgFWcaa
 bdUWASp7n5Bu5pY/rPHL+xvA8O5z5ngJ7ZPjqB2CvHr9XyQDna3Fo9jA/w3hgr/q
 DgvCHukjvkDlUochojQZ
 =zM22
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'nfc-next-4.7-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next

Samuel Ortiz says:

====================
NFC 4.7 pull request

This is the first NFC pull request for 4.7. With this one we
mainly have:

- Support for NXP's pn532 NFC chipset. The pn532 is based on the same
  microcontroller as the pn533, but it talks to the host through i2c
  instead of USB. By separating the pn533 driver into core and PHY
  parts, we can not add the i2c layer and support the pn532 chipset.

- Support for NCI's loopback mode. This is a testing mode where each
  packet received by the NFCC is sent back to the DH, allowing the
  host to test that the controller can receive and send data.

- A few ACPI related fixes for the STMicro drivers, in order to match
  the device tree naming scheme.

- A bunch of cleanups for the st-nci and the st21nfca STMicro drivers.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 20:00:54 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
ff04955c2f dsa: Rename switch chip data to cd
The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd.
However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data.
This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c
and slave.c for this data type.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:36:28 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
c33063d6a0 dsa: Remove master_dev from switch structure
The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info()
messages.  Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and
new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer
needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:36:28 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
52638f71fc dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver
Resetting the switch is something the driver does, not the framework.
So move the parsing of this property into the driver.

There are no in kernel users of this property, so moving it does not
break anything. There is however a board which will make use of this
property making its way into the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:36:28 -04:00
David Ahern
0b922b7a82 net: original ingress device index in PKTINFO
Applications such as OSPF and BFD need the original ingress device not
the VRF device; the latter can be derived from the former. To that end
add the skb_iif to inet_skb_parm and set it in ipv4 code after clearing
the skb control buffer similar to IPv6. From there the pktinfo can just
pull it from cb with the PKTINFO_SKB_CB cast.

The previous patch moving the skb->dev change to L3 means nothing else
is needed for IPv6; it just works.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:31:40 -04:00
David Ahern
74b20582ac net: l3mdev: Add hook in ip and ipv6
Currently the VRF driver uses the rx_handler to switch the skb device
to the VRF device. Switching the dev prior to the ip / ipv6 layer
means the VRF driver has to duplicate IP/IPv6 processing which adds
overhead and makes features such as retaining the ingress device index
more complicated than necessary.

This patch moves the hook to the L3 layer just after the first NF_HOOK
for PRE_ROUTING. This location makes exposing the original ingress device
trivial (next patch) and allows adding other NF_HOOKs to the VRF driver
in the future.

dev_queue_xmit_nit is exported so that the VRF driver can cycle the skb
with the switched device through the packet taps to maintain current
behavior (tcpdump can be used on either the vrf device or the enslaved
devices).

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 19:31:40 -04:00
Lawrence Brakmo
756ee1729b tcp: replace cnt & rtt with struct in pkts_acked()
Replace 2 arguments (cnt and rtt) in the congestion control modules'
pkts_acked() function with a struct. This will allow adding more
information without having to modify existing congestion control
modules (tcp_nv in particular needs bytes in flight when packet
was sent).

As proposed by Neal Cardwell in his comments to the tcp_nv patch.

Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-11 14:43:19 -04:00
Pablo Neira
459aa660eb gtp: add initial driver for datapath of GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP-U)
This is an initial implementation of a netdev driver for GTP datapath
(GTP-U) v0 and v1, according to the GSM TS 09.60 and 3GPP TS 29.060
standards. This tunneling protocol is used to prevent subscribers from
accessing mobile carrier core network infrastructure.

This implementation requires a GGSN userspace daemon that implements the
signaling protocol (GTP-C), such as OpenGGSN [1]. This userspace daemon
updates the PDP context database that represents active subscriber
sessions through a genetlink interface.

For more context on this tunneling protocol, you can check the slides
that were presented during the NetDev 1.1 [2].

Only IPv4 is supported at this time.

[1] http://git.osmocom.org/openggsn/
[2] http://www.netdevconf.org/1.1/proceedings/slides/schultz-welte-osmocom-gtp.pdf

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 12:25:04 -04:00
David Ahern
4a65896f94 net: l3mdev: Move get_saddr and rt6_dst
Move l3mdev_rt6_dst_by_oif and l3mdev_get_saddr to l3mdev.c. Collapse
l3mdev_get_rt6_dst into l3mdev_rt6_dst_by_oif since it is the only
user and keep the l3mdev_get_rt6_dst name for consistency with other
hooks.

A follow-on patch adds more code to these functions making them long
for inlined functions.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-09 22:33:52 -04:00
David S. Miller
e800072c18 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
In netdevice.h we removed the structure in net-next that is being
changes in 'net'.  In macsec.c and rtnetlink.c we have overlaps
between fixes in 'net' and the u64 attribute changes in 'net-next'.

The mlx5 conflicts have to do with vxlan support dependencies.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-09 15:59:24 -04:00
David S. Miller
e8ed77dfa9 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following large patchset contains Netfilter updates for your
net-next tree. My initial intention was to send you this in two goes but
when I looked back twice I already had this burden on top of me.

Several updates for IPVS from Marco Angaroni:

1) Allow SIP connections originating from real-servers to be load
   balanced by the SIP persistence engine as is already implemented
   in the other direction.

2) Release connections immediately for One-packet-scheduling (OPS)
   in IPVS, instead of making it via timer and rcu callback.

3) Skip deleting conntracks for each one packet in OPS, and don't call
   nf_conntrack_alter_reply() since no reply is expected.

4) Enable drop on exhaustion for OPS + SIP persistence.

Miscelaneous conntrack updates from Florian Westphal, including fix for
hash resize:

5) Move conntrack generation counter out of conntrack pernet structure
   since this is only used by the init_ns to allow hash resizing.

6) Use get_random_once() from packet path to collect hash random seed
    instead of our compound.

7) Don't disable BH from ____nf_conntrack_find() for statistics,
   use NF_CT_STAT_INC_ATOMIC() instead.

8) Fix lookup race during conntrack hash resizing.

9) Introduce clash resolution on conntrack insertion for connectionless
   protocol.

Then, Florian's netns rework to get rid of per-netns conntrack table,
thus we use one single table for them all. There was consensus on this
change during the NFWS 2015 and, on top of that, it has recently been
pointed as a source of multiple problems from unpriviledged netns:

11) Use a single conntrack hashtable for all namespaces. Include netns
    in object comparisons and make it part of the hash calculation.
    Adapt early_drop() to consider netns.

12) Use single expectation and NAT hashtable for all namespaces.

13) Use a single slab cache for all namespaces for conntrack objects.

14) Skip full table scanning from nf_ct_iterate_cleanup() if the pernet
    conntrack counter tells us the table is empty (ie. equals zero).

Fixes for nf_tables interval set element handling, support to set
conntrack connlabels and allow set names up to 32 bytes.

15) Parse element flags from element deletion path and pass it up to the
    backend set implementation.

16) Allow adjacent intervals in the rbtree set type for dynamic interval
    updates.

17) Add support to set connlabel from nf_tables, from Florian Westphal.

18) Allow set names up to 32 bytes in nf_tables.

Several x_tables fixes and updates:

19) Fix incorrect use of IS_ERR_VALUE() in x_tables, original patch
    from Andrzej Hajda.

And finally, miscelaneous netfilter updates such as:

20) Disable automatic helper assignment by default. Note this proc knob
    was introduced by a900689264 ("netfilter: nf_ct_helper: allow to
    disable automatic helper assignment") 4 years ago to start moving
    towards explicit conntrack helper configuration via iptables CT
    target.

21) Get rid of obsolete and inconsistent debugging instrumentation
    in x_tables.

22) Remove unnecessary check for null after ip6_route_output().
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-09 15:02:58 -04:00
Florian Westphal
0c5366b3a8 netfilter: conntrack: use single slab cache
An earlier patch changed lookup side to also net_eq() namespaces after
obtaining a reference on the conntrack, so a single kmemcache can be used.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-09 16:45:50 +02:00
Florian Westphal
a76ae1c855 netfilter: conntrack: use a single nat bysource table for all namespaces
We already include netns address in the hash, so we only need to use
net_eq in find_appropriate_src and can then put all entries into
same table.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-09 16:45:49 +02:00
Lawrence Brakmo
b75803d52a tcp: refactor struct tcp_skb_cb
Refactor tcp_skb_cb to create two overlaping areas to store
state for incoming or outgoing skbs based on comments by
Neal Cardwell to tcp_nv patch:

   AFAICT this patch would not require an increase in the size of
   sk_buff cb[] if it were to take advantage of the fact that the
   tcp_skb_cb header.h4 and header.h6 fields are only used in the packet
   reception code path, and this in_flight field is only used on the
   transmit side.

Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-09 00:03:26 -04:00
Jarno Rajahalme
43b8448cd7 udp_tunnel: Remove redundant udp_tunnel_gro_complete().
The setting of the UDP tunnel GSO type is already performed by
udp[46]_gro_complete().

Signed-off-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-06 18:25:26 -04:00
Florian Westphal
0a93aaedc4 netfilter: conntrack: use a single expectation table for all namespaces
We already include netns address in the hash and compare the netns pointers
during lookup, so even if namespaces have overlapping addresses entries
will be spread across the expectation table.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-06 11:50:01 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
cb39ad8b8e netfilter: nf_tables: allow set names up to 32 bytes
Currently, we support set names of up to 16 bytes, get this aligned
with the maximum length we can use in ipset to make it easier when
considering migration to nf_tables.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-05 16:39:51 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
71d8c47fc6 netfilter: conntrack: introduce clash resolution on insertion race
This patch introduces nf_ct_resolve_clash() to resolve race condition on
conntrack insertions.

This is particularly a problem for connection-less protocols such as
UDP, with no initial handshake. Two or more packets may race to insert
the entry resulting in packet drops.

Another problematic scenario are packets enqueued to userspace via
NFQUEUE after the raw table, that make it easier to trigger this
race.

To resolve this, the idea is to reset the conntrack entry to the one
that won race. Packet and bytes counters are also merged.

The 'insert_failed' stats still accounts for this situation, after
this patch, the drop counter is bumped whenever we drop packets, so we
can watch for unresolved clashes.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-05 16:39:50 +02:00
Florian Westphal
56d52d4892 netfilter: conntrack: use a single hashtable for all namespaces
We already include netns address in the hash and compare the netns pointers
during lookup, so even if namespaces have overlapping addresses entries
will be spread across the table.

Assuming 64k bucket size, this change saves 0.5 mbyte per namespace on a
64bit system.

NAT bysrc and expectation hash is still per namespace, those will
changed too soon.

Future patch will also make conntrack object slab cache global again.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-05-05 16:39:47 +02:00
David S. Miller
aa8a8b05ad Merge branch '10GbE' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jkirsher/next-queue
Jeff Kirsher says:

====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-04

This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf and traffic class helpers.

Sridhar adds helper functions to the tc_mirred header to access tcf_mirred
information and then implements them for ixgbe to enable redirection to
a SRIOV VF or an offloaded MACVLAN device queue via tc 'mirred' action.

Amritha adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)
to match on.

KY Srinivasan from Microsoft add Hyper-V support into ixgbevf.

Emil adds 82599 sub-device IDs that were missing from the list of parts
that support WoL.  Then simplified the logic we use to determine WoL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.

Preethi cleaned up duplicate and unused device IDs.  Fixed our ethtool
stat reporting where we were ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers,
so fill out 64 bit stat values into two 32 bit words.

Babu Moger from Oracle improves VF performance issues on SPARC.

Alex Duyck cleans up some of the Hyper-V implementation from KY so that
we can just use function pointers instead of having to identify if a
given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF.

Usha makes sure that DCB and FCoE is disabled for X550EM_x/a MACs and
cleans up the DCB initialization in the process.

Tony cleans up the API for ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() so we do not
have to pass in the netdev parameter, since it was never used in the
function.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-04 17:13:34 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
46cc6e4976 tcp: fix lockdep splat in tcp_snd_una_update()
tcp_snd_una_update() and tcp_rcv_nxt_update() call
u64_stats_update_begin() either from process context or BH handler.

This triggers a lockdep splat on 32bit & SMP builds.

We could add u64_stats_update_begin_bh() variant but this would
slow down 32bit builds with useless local_disable_bh() and
local_enable_bh() pairs, since we own the socket lock at this point.

I add sock_owned_by_me() helper to have proper lockdep support
even on 64bit builds, and new u64_stats_update_begin_raw()
and u64_stats_update_end_raw methods.

Fixes: c10d9310ed ("tcp: do not assume TCP code is non preemptible")
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Diagnosed-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-04 16:55:11 -04:00
David S. Miller
32b583a0cb Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/klassert/ipsec
Steffen Klassert says:

====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2016-05-04

1) The flowcache can hit an OOM condition if too
   many entries are in the gc_list. Fix this by
   counting the entries in the gc_list and refuse
   new allocations if the value is too high.

2) The inner headers are invalid after a xfrm transformation,
   so reset the skb encapsulation field to ensure nobody tries
   access the inner headers. Otherwise tunnel devices stacked
   on top of xfrm may build the outer headers based on wrong
   informations.

3) Add pmtu handling to vti, we need it to report
   pmtu informations for local generated packets.

Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-04 16:35:31 -04:00
Jiri Benc
125372faa4 gre: receive also TEB packets for lwtunnels
For ipgre interfaces in collect metadata mode, receive also traffic with
encapsulated Ethernet headers. The lwtunnel users are supposed to sort this
out correctly. This allows to have mixed Ethernet + L3-only traffic on the
same lwtunnel interface. This is the same way as VXLAN-GPE behaves.

To keep backwards compatibility and prevent any surprises, gretap interfaces
have priority in receiving packets with Ethernet headers.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-04 14:11:32 -04:00
Jiri Benc
f132ae7c46 gre: change gre_parse_header to return the header length
It's easier for gre_parse_header to return the header length instead of
filing it into a parameter. That way, the callers that don't care about the
header length can just check whether the returned value is lower than zero.

In gre_err, the tunnel header must not be pulled. See commit b7f8fe251e
("gre: do not pull header in ICMP error processing") for details.

This patch reduces the conflict between the mentioned commit and commit
95f5c64c3c ("gre: Move utility functions to common headers").

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-04 12:44:45 -04:00
Sridhar Samudrala
229d285081 net_sched: act_mirred: add helper inlines to access tcf_mirred info
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2016-05-04 00:24:27 -07:00
David S. Miller
cba6532100 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	net/ipv4/ip_gre.c

Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-04 00:52:29 -04:00
Christophe Ricard
1c53855f6b nfc: nci: Add nci_nfcc_loopback to the nci core
For test purpose, provide the generic nci loopback function.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2016-05-04 01:48:16 +02:00
Christophe Ricard
9b8d1a4cf2 nfc: nci: Add an additional parameter to identify a connection id
According to NCI specification, destination type and destination
specific parameters shall uniquely identify a single destination
for the Logical Connection.

Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
2016-05-04 01:43:21 +02:00
Wei Wang
26879da587 ipv6: add new struct ipcm6_cookie
In the sendmsg function of UDP, raw, ICMP and l2tp sockets, we use local
variables like hlimits, tclass, opt and dontfrag and pass them to corresponding
functions like ip6_make_skb, ip6_append_data and xxx_push_pending_frames.
This is not a good practice and makes it hard to add new parameters.
This fix introduces a new struct ipcm6_cookie similar to ipcm_cookie in
ipv4 and include the above mentioned variables. And we only pass the
pointer to this structure to corresponding functions. This makes it easier
to add new parameters in the future and makes the function cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 16:08:14 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
1d2077ac01 net: add __sock_wfree() helper
Hosts sending lot of ACK packets exhibit high sock_wfree() cost
because of cache line miss to test SOCK_USE_WRITE_QUEUE

We could move this flag close to sk_wmem_alloc but it is better
to perform the atomic_sub_and_test() on a clean cache line,
as it avoid one extra bus transaction.

skb_orphan_partial() can also have a fast track for packets that either
are TCP acks, or already went through another skb_orphan_partial()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 16:02:36 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
af67eb9e7e vxlan: Add checksum check to the features check function
We need to perform an additional check on the inner headers to determine if
we can offload the checksum for them.  Previously this check didn't occur
so we would generate an invalid frame in the case of an IPv6 header
encapsulated inside of an IPv4 tunnel.  To fix this I added a secondary
check to vxlan_features_check so that we can verify that we can offload the
inner checksum.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-03 16:00:54 -04:00
Nikolay Aleksandrov
97a47facf3 net: rtnetlink: add linkxstats callbacks and attribute
Add callbacks to calculate the size and fill link extended statistics
which can be split into multiple messages and are dumped via the new
rtnl stats API (RTM_GETSTATS) with the IFLA_STATS_LINK_XSTATS attribute.
Also add that attribute to the idx mask check since it is expected to
be able to save state and resume dumping (e.g. future bridge per-vlan
stats will be dumped via this attribute and callbacks).
Each link type should nest its private attributes under the per-link type
attribute. This allows to have any number of separated private attributes
and to avoid one call to get the dev link type.

Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 22:27:06 -04:00
Tom Herbert
79ecb90e65 ipv6: Generic tunnel cleanup
A few generic changes to generalize tunnels in IPv6:
  - Export ip6_tnl_change_mtu so that it can be called by ip6_gre
  - Add tun_hlen to ip6_tnl structure.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 19:23:32 -04:00
Tom Herbert
182a352d2d gre: Create common functions for transmit
Create common functions for both IPv4 and IPv6 GRE in transmit. These
are put into gre.h.

Common functions are for:
  - GRE checksum calculation. Move gre_checksum to gre.h.
  - Building a GRE header. Move GRE build_header and rename
    gre_build_header.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 19:23:31 -04:00
Tom Herbert
8eb30be035 ipv6: Create ip6_tnl_xmit
This patch renames ip6_tnl_xmit2 to ip6_tnl_xmit and exports it. Other
users like GRE will be able to call this. The original ip6_tnl_xmit
function is renamed to ip6_tnl_start_xmit (this is an ndo_start_xmit
function).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 19:23:31 -04:00
Tom Herbert
95f5c64c3c gre: Move utility functions to common headers
Several of the GRE functions defined in net/ipv4/ip_gre.c are usable
for IPv6 GRE implementation (that is they are protocol agnostic).

These include:
  - GRE flag handling functions are move to gre.h
  - GRE build_header is moved to gre.h and renamed gre_build_header
  - parse_gre_header is moved to gre_demux.c and renamed gre_parse_header
  - iptunnel_pull_header is taken out of gre_parse_header. This is now
    done by caller. The header length is returned from gre_parse_header
    in an int* argument.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 19:23:31 -04:00
Tom Herbert
0d3c703a9d ipv6: Cleanup IPv6 tunnel receive path
Some basic changes to make IPv6 tunnel receive path look more like
IPv4 path:
  - Make ip6_tnl_rcv non-static so that GREv6 and others can call it
  - Make ip6_tnl_rcv look like ip_tunnel_rcv
  - Switch to gro_cells_receive
  - Make ip6_tnl_rcv non-static and export it

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 19:23:31 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
d41a69f1d3 tcp: make tcp_sendmsg() aware of socket backlog
Large sendmsg()/write() hold socket lock for the duration of the call,
unless sk->sk_sndbuf limit is hit. This is bad because incoming packets
are parked into socket backlog for a long time.
Critical decisions like fast retransmit might be delayed.
Receivers have to maintain a big out of order queue with additional cpu
overhead, and also possible stalls in TX once windows are full.

Bidirectional flows are particularly hurt since the backlog can become
quite big if the copy from user space triggers IO (page faults)

Some applications learnt to use sendmsg() (or sendmmsg()) with small
chunks to avoid this issue.

Kernel should know better, right ?

Add a generic sk_flush_backlog() helper and use it right
before a new skb is allocated. Typically we put 64KB of payload
per skb (unless MSG_EOR is requested) and checking socket backlog
every 64KB gives good results.

As a matter of fact, tests with TSO/GSO disabled give very nice
results, as we manage to keep a small write queue and smaller
perceived rtt.

Note that sk_flush_backlog() maintains socket ownership,
so is not equivalent to a {release_sock(sk); lock_sock(sk);},
to ensure implicit atomicity rules that sendmsg() was
giving to (possibly buggy) applications.

In this simple implementation, I chose to not call tcp_release_cb(),
but we might consider this later.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-02 17:02:26 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
0970f5b366 sctp: signal sk_data_ready earlier on data chunks reception
Dave Miller pointed out that fb586f2530 ("sctp: delay calls to
sk_data_ready() as much as possible") may insert latency specially if
the receiving application is running on another CPU and that it would be
better if we signalled as early as possible.

This patch thus basically inverts the logic on fb586f2530 and signals
it as early as possible, similar to what we had before.

Fixes: fb586f2530 ("sctp: delay calls to sk_data_ready() as much as possible")
Reported-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-01 21:06:10 -04:00
Florian Fainelli
badf3ada60 net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev
This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also
include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes,
when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex
mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.).

We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's
ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about:
get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept
these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus
our own.

We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper
functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the
entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be
used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such
drivers would simply not scale.

The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now:
<iface> statistics
p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names>

Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:16:17 -04:00
Michal Kazior
b43e7199a9 fq: split out backlog update logic
mac80211 (which will be the first user of the
fq.h) recently started to support software A-MSDU
aggregation. It glues skbuffs together into a
single one so the backlog accounting needs to be
more fine-grained.

To avoid backlog sorting logic duplication split
it up for re-use.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 17:03:38 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
c134ecb878 tcp: Make use of MSG_EOR in tcp_sendmsg
This patch adds an eor bit to the TCP_SKB_CB.  When MSG_EOR
is passed to tcp_sendmsg, the eor bit will be set at the skb
containing the last byte of the userland's msg.  The eor bit
will prevent data from appending to that skb in the future.

The change in do_tcp_sendpages is to honor the eor set
during the previous tcp_sendmsg(MSG_EOR) call.

This patch handles the tcp_sendmsg case.  The followup patches
will handle other skb coalescing and fragment cases.

One potential use case is to use MSG_EOR with
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK to get a more accurate
TCP ack timestamping on application protocol with
multiple outgoing response messages (e.g. HTTP2).

Packetdrill script for testing:
~~~~~~
+0 `sysctl -q -w net.ipv4.tcp_min_tso_segs=10`
+0 `sysctl -q -w net.ipv4.tcp_no_metrics_save=1`
+0 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
+0 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
+0 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
+0 listen(3, 1) = 0

0.100 < S 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1460,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
0.100 > S. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 7>
0.200 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
0.200 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
+0 setsockopt(4, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, [1], 4) = 0

0.200 write(4, ..., 14600) = 14600
0.200 sendto(4, ..., 730, MSG_EOR, ..., ...) = 730
0.200 sendto(4, ..., 730, MSG_EOR, ..., ...) = 730

0.200 > .  1:7301(7300) ack 1
0.200 > P. 7301:14601(7300) ack 1

0.300 < . 1:1(0) ack 14601 win 257
0.300 > P. 14601:15331(730) ack 1
0.300 > P. 15331:16061(730) ack 1

0.400 < . 1:1(0) ack 16061 win 257
0.400 close(4) = 0
0.400 > F. 16061:16061(0) ack 1
0.400 < F. 1:1(0) ack 16062 win 257
0.400 > . 16062:16062(0) ack 2

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 16:14:18 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
ba7863f4d3 net: snmp: fix 64bit stats on 32bit arches
I accidentally replaced BH disabling by preemption disabling
in SNMP_ADD_STATS64() and SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS64() on 32bit builds.

For 64bit stats on 32bit arch, we really need to disable BH,
since the "struct u64_stats_sync syncp" might be manipulated
both from process and BH contexts.

Fixes: 6aef70a851 ("net: snmp: kill various STATS_USER() helpers")
Reported-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-28 11:49:45 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
4be735225f net: SOCKWQ_ASYNC_WAITDATA optimizations
SOCKWQ_ASYNC_WAITDATA is set/cleared in sk_wait_data()
and equivalent functions, so that sock_wake_async() can send
a SIGIO only when necessary.

Since these atomic operations are really not needed unless
socket expressed interest in FASYNC, we can omit them in most
cases.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 23:08:40 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
9317bb6982 net: SOCKWQ_ASYNC_NOSPACE optimizations
SOCKWQ_ASYNC_NOSPACE is tested in sock_wake_async()
so that a SIGIO signal is sent when needed.

tcp_sendmsg() clears the bit.
tcp_poll() sets the bit when stream is not writeable.

We can avoid two atomic operations by first checking if socket
is actually interested in the FASYNC business (most sockets in
real applications do not use AIO, but select()/poll()/epoll())

This also removes one cache line miss to access sk->sk_wq->flags
in tcp_sendmsg()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 23:08:40 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
13415e46c5 net: snmp: kill STATS_BH macros
There is nothing related to BH in SNMP counters anymore,
since linux-3.0.

Rename helpers to use __ prefix instead of _BH prefix,
for contexts where preemption is disabled.

This more closely matches convention used to update
percpu variables.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:25 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
f3832ed2c2 ipv6: kill ICMP6MSGIN_INC_STATS_BH()
IPv6 ICMP stats are atomics anyway.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:25 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
c2005eb010 ipv6: rename IP6_UPD_PO_STATS_BH()
Rename IP6_UPD_PO_STATS_BH() to __IP6_UPD_PO_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:25 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
1d01550359 ipv6: rename IP6_INC_STATS_BH()
Rename IP6_INC_STATS_BH() to __IP6_INC_STATS()
and IP6_ADD_STATS_BH() to __IP6_ADD_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:24 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
02a1d6e7a6 net: rename NET_{ADD|INC}_STATS_BH()
Rename NET_INC_STATS_BH() to __NET_INC_STATS()
and NET_ADD_STATS_BH() to __NET_ADD_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:24 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b15084ec7d net: rename IP_UPD_PO_STATS_BH()
Rename IP_UPD_PO_STATS_BH() to __IP_UPD_PO_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:24 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
98f619957e net: rename IP_ADD_STATS_BH()
Rename IP_ADD_STATS_BH() to __IP_ADD_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:24 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
a16292a0f0 net: rename ICMP6_INC_STATS_BH()
Rename ICMP6_INC_STATS_BH() to __ICMP6_INC_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:24 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b45386efa2 net: rename IP_INC_STATS_BH()
Rename IP_INC_STATS_BH() to __IP_INC_STATS(), to
better express this is used in non preemptible context.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:23 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
08e3baef65 net: sctp: rename SCTP_INC_STATS_BH()
Rename SCTP_INC_STATS_BH() to __SCTP_INC_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:23 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
214d3f1f87 net: icmp: rename ICMPMSGIN_INC_STATS_BH()
Remove misleading _BH suffix.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:23 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
90bbcc6083 net: tcp: rename TCP_INC_STATS_BH
Rename TCP_INC_STATS_BH() to __TCP_INC_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:23 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b540f9d702 net: xfrm: kill XFRM_INC_STATS_BH()
Not used anymore.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:23 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
02c223470c net: udp: rename UDP_INC_STATS_BH()
Rename UDP_INC_STATS_BH() to __UDP_INC_STATS(),
and UDP6_INC_STATS_BH() to __UDP6_INC_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:23 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
5d3848bc33 net: rename ICMP_INC_STATS_BH()
Rename ICMP_INC_STATS_BH() to __ICMP_INC_STATS()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:22 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
6aef70a851 net: snmp: kill various STATS_USER() helpers
In the old days (before linux-3.0), SNMP counters were duplicated,
one for user context, and one for BH context.

After commit 8f0ea0fe3a ("snmp: reduce percpu needs by 50%")
we have a single copy, and what really matters is preemption being
enabled or disabled, since we use this_cpu_inc() or __this_cpu_inc()
respectively.

We therefore kill SNMP_INC_STATS_USER(), SNMP_ADD_STATS_USER(),
NET_INC_STATS_USER(), NET_ADD_STATS_USER(), SCTP_INC_STATS_USER(),
SNMP_INC_STATS64_USER(), SNMP_ADD_STATS64_USER(), TCP_ADD_STATS_USER(),
UDP_INC_STATS_USER(), UDP6_INC_STATS_USER(), and XFRM_INC_STATS_USER()

Following patches will rename __BH helpers to make clear their
usage is not tied to BH being disabled.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 22:48:22 -04:00
David S. Miller
c0cc53162a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Minor overlapping changes in the conflicts.

In the macsec case, the change of the default ID macro
name overlapped with the 64-bit netlink attribute alignment
fixes in net-next.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 15:43:10 -04:00
David S. Miller
c0b0479307 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-04-26

Here's another set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.7 kernel:

 - Cleanups & refactoring of ieee802154 & 6lowpan code
 - Security related additions to ieee802154 and mrf24j40 driver
 - Memory corruption fix to Bluetooth 6lowpan code
 - Race condition fix in vhci driver
 - Enhancements to the atusb 802.15.4 driver

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 13:15:56 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
9854518ea0 sched: align nlattr properly when needed
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-26 12:00:49 -04:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
e705498945 cfg80211: Add option to report the bss entry in connect result
Since cfg80211 maintains separate BSS table entries for APs if the same
BSSID, SSID pair is seen on multiple channels, it is possible that it
can map the current_bss to a BSS entry on the wrong channel. This
current_bss will not get flushed unless disconnected and cfg80211
reports a wrong channel as the associated channel.

Fix this by introducing a new cfg80211_connect_bss() function which is
similar to cfg80211_connect_result(), but it includes an additional
parameter: the bss the STA is connected to. This allows drivers to
provide the exact bss entry that matches the BSS to which the connection
was completed.

Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-26 09:40:12 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
739960f128 cfg80211/nl80211: Add support for NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION
Add support for the a station statistics netlink attribute:
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION.

If present, this attribute contains the aggregate PPDU duration (in
microseconds) for all the frames from the peer. This is useful to
help understand the total time spent transmitting to us by all of
the connected peers.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-26 09:40:11 +02:00
Michal Kazior
557fc4a098 fq: add fair queuing framework
This works on the same implementation principle as
codel*.h, i.e. there's a generic header with
structures and macros and a implementation header
carrying function definitions to include in given,
e.g. driver or module.

The fairness logic comes from
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c but is generalized so it
is more flexible and easier to re-use.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 16:45:53 -04:00
Michal Kazior
d068ca2ae2 codel: split into multiple files
It was impossible to include codel.h for the
purpose of having access to codel_params or
codel_vars structure definitions and using them
for embedding in other more complex structures.

This splits allows codel.h itself to be treated
like any other header file while codel_qdisc.h and
codel_impl.h contain function definitions with
logic that was previously in codel.h.

This copies over copyrights and doesn't involve
code changes other than adding a few additional
include directives to net/sched/sch*codel.c.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 16:44:27 -04:00
Michal Kazior
79bdc4c862 codel: generalize the implementation
This strips out qdisc specific bits from the code
and makes it slightly more reusable. Codel will be
used by wireless/mac80211 in the future.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 16:44:27 -04:00
Jiri Benc
0868e2538e route: move lwtunnel state to a single place
Commit 751a587ac9 ("route: fix breakage after moving lwtunnel state")
moved lwtstate to the end of dst_entry for 32bit archs. This makes it share
the cacheline with __refcnt which had an unkown effect on performance. For
this reason, the pointer was kept in place for 64bit archs.

However, later performance measurements showed this is of no concern. It
turns out that every performance sensitive path that accesses lwtstate
accesses also struct rtable or struct rt6_info which share the same cache
line.

Thus, to get rid of a few #ifdefs, move the field to the end of the struct
also for 64bit.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 16:20:09 -04:00
Craig Gallek
d296ba60d8 soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6 ordering fix
d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets")
was merged as a bug fix to the net tree.  Two conflicting changes
were committed to net-next before the above fix was merged back to
net-next:
ca065d0cf8 ("udp: no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU")
3b24d854cb ("tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood")

These changes switched the datastructure used for TCP and UDP sockets
from hlist_nulls to hlist.  This patch applies the necessary parts
of the net tree fix to net-next which were not automatic as part of the
merge.

Fixes: 1602f49b58 ("Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net")
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 13:27:54 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
5e91f6ce4c sock: relax WARN_ON() in sock_owned_by_user()
Valdis reported tons of stack dumps caused by WARN_ON() in
sock_owned_by_user()

This test needs to be relaxed if/when lockdep disables itself.

Note that other lockdep_sock_is_held() callers are all from
rcu_dereference_protected() sections which already are disabled
if/when lockdep has been disabled.

Fixes: fafc4e1ea1 ("sock: tigthen lockdep checks for sock_owned_by_user")
Reported-by: Valdis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 11:49:53 -04:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
6cd54fc60c Merge tag 'ipvs-for-v4.7' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/horms/ipvs-next
Simon Horman says:

====================
IPVS Updates for v4.7

please consider these enhancements to the IPVS. They allow SIP connections
originating from real-servers to be load balanced by the SIP psersitence
engine as is already implemented in the other direction. And for better one
packet scheduling (OPS) performance.
====================

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-25 15:35:53 +02:00
Florian Westphal
141658fb02 netfilter: conntrack: use get_random_once for conntrack hash seed
As earlier commit removed accessed to the hash from other files we can
also make it static.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-25 14:52:12 +02:00
Florian Westphal
a3efd81205 netfilter: conntrack: move generation seqcnt out of netns_ct
We only allow rehash in init namespace, so we only use
init_ns.generation.  And even if we would allow it, it makes no sense
as the conntrack locks are global; any ongoing rehash prevents insert/
delete.

So make this private to nf_conntrack_core instead.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-25 14:52:11 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
10d3be5692 tcp-tso: do not split TSO packets at retransmit time
Linux TCP stack painfully segments all TSO/GSO packets before retransmits.

This was fine back in the days when TSO/GSO were emerging, with their
bugs, but we believe the dark age is over.

Keeping big packets in write queues, but also in stack traversal
has a lot of benefits.
 - Less memory overhead, because write queues have less skbs
 - Less cpu overhead at ACK processing.
 - Better SACK processing, as lot of studies mentioned how
   awful linux was at this ;)
 - Less cpu overhead to send the rtx packets
   (IP stack traversal, netfilter traversal, drivers...)
 - Better latencies in presence of losses.
 - Smaller spikes in fq like packet schedulers, as retransmits
   are not constrained by TCP Small Queues.

1 % packet losses are common today, and at 100Gbit speeds, this
translates to ~80,000 losses per second.
Losses are often correlated, and we see many retransmit events
leading to 1-MSS train of packets, at the time hosts are already
under stress.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:43:59 -04:00
Elad Raz
7ceb2afbd6 switchdev: Adding complete operation to deferred switchdev ops
When using switchdev deferred operation (SWITCHDEV_F_DEFER), the operation
is executed in different context and the application doesn't have any way
to get the operation real status.

Adding a completion callback fixes that. This patch adds fields to
switchdev_attr and switchdev_obj "complete_priv" field which is used by
the "complete" callback.

Application can set a complete function which will be called once the
operation executed.

Signed-off-by: Elad Raz <eladr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 14:23:32 -04:00
David S. Miller
11afbff861 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, mostly from Florian Westphal to sort out the lack of sufficient
validation in x_tables and connlabel preparation patches to add
nf_tables support. They are:

1) Ensure we don't go over the ruleset blob boundaries in
   mark_source_chains().

2) Validate that target jumps land on an existing xt_entry. This extra
   sanitization comes with a performance penalty when loading the ruleset.

3) Introduce xt_check_entry_offsets() and use it from {arp,ip,ip6}tables.

4) Get rid of the smallish check_entry() functions in {arp,ip,ip6}tables.

5) Make sure the minimal possible target size in x_tables.

6) Similar to #3, add xt_compat_check_entry_offsets() for compat code.

7) Check that standard target size is valid.

8) More sanitization to ensure that the target_offset field is correct.

9) Add xt_check_entry_match() to validate that matches are well-formed.

10-12) Three patch to reduce the number of parameters in
    translate_compat_table() for {arp,ip,ip6}tables by using a container
    structure.

13) No need to return value from xt_compat_match_from_user(), so make
    it void.

14) Consolidate translate_table() so it can be used by compat code too.

15) Remove obsolete check for compat code, so we keep consistent with
    what was already removed in the native layout code (back in 2007).

16) Get rid of target jump validation from mark_source_chains(),
    obsoleted by #2.

17) Introduce xt_copy_counters_from_user() to consolidate counter
    copying, and use it from {arp,ip,ip6}tables.

18,22) Get rid of unnecessary explicit inlining in ctnetlink for dump
    functions.

19) Move nf_connlabel_match() to xt_connlabel.

20) Skip event notification if connlabel did not change.

21) Update of nf_connlabels_get() to make the upcoming nft connlabel
    support easier.

23) Remove spinlock to read protocol state field in conntrack.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-24 00:12:08 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
73520786b0 libnl: add nla_put_u64_64bit() helper
With this function, nla_data() is aligned on a 64-bit area.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 20:13:25 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
2175d87cc3 libnl: nla_put_msecs(): align on a 64-bit area
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 20:13:24 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
756a2f59b7 libnl: nla_put_s64(): align on a 64-bit area
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.
In fact, there is no user of this function.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 20:13:24 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
e9bbe898cb libnl: nla_put_net64(): align on a 64-bit area
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.

The temporary function nla_put_be64_32bit() is removed in this patch.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 20:13:24 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
b46f6ded90 libnl: nla_put_be64(): align on a 64-bit area
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.

A temporary version (nla_put_be64_32bit()) is added for nla_put_net64().
This function is removed in the next patch.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 20:13:24 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
e7479122be libnl: nla_put_le64(): align on a 64-bit area
nla_data() is now aligned on a 64-bit area.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 20:13:24 -04:00
David S. Miller
1602f49b58 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.

In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 18:51:33 -04:00
Johan Hedberg
5c0e03cd9f Bluetooth: Add defines for SPI and I2C
Extend the set of possible HCI bus types with SPI and I2C.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-22 15:02:21 +02:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
681e683ff3 geneve: break dependency with netdev drivers
Equivalent to "vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers", don't
autoload geneve module in case the driver is loaded. Instead make the
coupling weaker by using netdevice notifiers as proxy.

Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:44 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
b7aade1548 vxlan: break dependency with netdev drivers
Currently all drivers depend and autoload the vxlan module because how
vxlan_get_rx_port is linked into them. Remove this dependency:

By using a new event type in the netdevice notifier call chain we proxy
the request from the drivers to flush and resetup the vxlan ports not
directly via function call but by the already existing netdevice
notifier call chain.

I added a separate new event type, NETDEV_OFFLOAD_PUSH_VXLAN, to do so.
We don't need to save those ids, as the event type field is an unsigned
long and using specialized event types for this purpose seemed to be a
more elegant way. This also comes in beneficial if in future we want to
add offloading knobs for vxlan.

Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 15:35:44 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
cfea5a688e tcp: Merge tx_flags and tskey in tcp_shifted_skb
After receiving sacks, tcp_shifted_skb() will collapse
skbs if possible.  tx_flags and tskey also have to be
merged.

This patch reuses the tcp_skb_collapse_tstamp() to handle
them.

BPF Output Before:
~~~~~
<no-output-due-to-missing-tstamp-event>

BPF Output After:
~~~~~
<...>-2024  [007] d.s.    88.644374: : ee_data:14599

Packetdrill Script:
~~~~~
+0 `sysctl -q -w net.ipv4.tcp_min_tso_segs=10`
+0 `sysctl -q -w net.ipv4.tcp_no_metrics_save=1`
+0 socket(..., SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP) = 3
+0 setsockopt(3, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, [1], 4) = 0
+0 bind(3, ..., ...) = 0
+0 listen(3, 1) = 0

0.100 < S 0:0(0) win 32792 <mss 1460,sackOK,nop,nop,nop,wscale 7>
0.100 > S. 0:0(0) ack 1 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK,nop,wscale 7>
0.200 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257
0.200 accept(3, ..., ...) = 4
+0 setsockopt(4, SOL_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, [1], 4) = 0

0.200 write(4, ..., 1460) = 1460
+0 setsockopt(4, SOL_SOCKET, 37, [2688], 4) = 0
0.200 write(4, ..., 13140) = 13140

0.200 > P. 1:1461(1460) ack 1
0.200 > . 1461:8761(7300) ack 1
0.200 > P. 8761:14601(5840) ack 1

0.300 < . 1:1(0) ack 1 win 257 <sack 1461:14601,nop,nop>
0.300 > P. 1:1461(1460) ack 1
0.400 < . 1:1(0) ack 14601 win 257

0.400 close(4) = 0
0.400 > F. 14601:14601(0) ack 1
0.500 < F. 1:1(0) ack 14602 win 257
0.500 > . 14602:14602(0) ack 2

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Tested-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:40:55 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
089bf1a6a9 libnl: add more helpers to align attributes on 64-bit
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 14:22:12 -04:00
Vivien Didelot
c60c984042 net: dsa: remove tag_protocol from dsa_switch
Having the tag protocol in dsa_switch_driver for setup time and in
dsa_switch_tree for runtime is enough. Remove dsa_switch's one.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-21 13:43:11 -04:00
David S. Miller
e6f268ef36 net: nla_align_64bit() needs to test the right pointer.
Netlink messages are appended, one object at a time, to the end of
the SKB.  Therefore we need to test skb_tail_pointer() not skb->data
for alignment.

Fixes: 35c5845957 ("net: Add helpers for 64-bit aligning netlink attributes.")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-20 15:32:54 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
cca1d81574 net: fix HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS typos
HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS needs CONFIG_ prefix.

Also add a comment in nla_align_64bit() explaining we have
to add a padding if current skb->data is aligned, as it
certainly can be confusing.

Fixes: 35c5845957 ("net: Add helpers for 64-bit aligning netlink attributes.")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-20 10:53:22 -04:00
Marco Angaroni
39b9722315 ipvs: handle connections started by real-servers
When using LVS-NAT and SIP persistence-egine over UDP, the following
limitations are present with current implementation:

  1) To actually have load-balancing based on Call-ID header, you need to
     use one-packet-scheduling mode. But with one-packet-scheduling the
     connection is deleted just after packet is forwarded, so SIP responses
     coming from real-servers do not match any connection and SNAT is
     not applied.

  2) If you do not use "-o" option, IPVS behaves as normal UDP load
     balancer, so different SIP calls (each one identified by a different
     Call-ID) coming from the same ip-address/port go to the same
     real-server. So basically you don’t have load-balancing based on
     Call-ID as intended.

  3) Call-ID is not learned when a new SIP call is started by a real-server
     (inside-to-outside direction), but only in the outside-to-inside
     direction. This would be a general problem for all SIP servers acting
     as Back2BackUserAgent.

This patch aims to solve problems 1) and 3) while keeping OPS mode
mandatory for SIP-UDP, so that 2) is not a problem anymore.

The basic mechanism implemented is to make packets, that do not match any
existent connection but come from real-servers, create new connections
instead of let them pass without any effect.
When such packets pass through ip_vs_out(), if their source ip address and
source port match a configured real-server, a new connection is
automatically created in the same way as it would have happened if the
packet had come from outside-to-inside direction. A new connection template
is created too if the virtual-service is persistent and there is no
matching connection template found. The new connection automatically
created, if the service had "-o" option, is an OPS connection that lasts
only the time to forward the packet, just like it happens on the
ingress side.

The main part of this mechanism is implemented inside a persistent-engine
specific callback (at the moment only SIP persistent engine exists) and
is triggered only for UDP packets, since connection oriented protocols, by
using different set of ports (typically ephemeral ports) to open new
outgoing connections, should not need this feature.

The following requisites are needed for automatic connection creation; if
any is missing the packet simply goes the same way as before.
a) virtual-service is not fwmark based (this is because fwmark services
   do not store address and port of the virtual-service, required to
   build the connection data).
b) virtual-service and real-servers must not have been configured with
   omitted port (this is again to have all data to create the connection).

Signed-off-by: Marco Angaroni <marcoangaroni@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2016-04-20 12:34:17 +10:00
Konstantin Khlebnikov
2309236c13 cls_cgroup: get sk_classid only from full sockets
skb->sk could point to timewait or request socket which has no sk_classid.
Detected as "BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in cls_cgroup_classify".

Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 20:09:25 -04:00
David S. Miller
35c5845957 net: Add helpers for 64-bit aligning netlink attributes.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-19 19:49:29 -04:00
Florian Westphal
adff6c6560 netfilter: connlabels: change nf_connlabels_get bit arg to 'highest used'
nf_connlabel_set() takes the bit number that we would like to set.
nf_connlabels_get() however took the number of bits that we want to
support.

So e.g. nf_connlabels_get(32) support bits 0 to 31, but not 32.
This changes nf_connlabels_get() to take the highest bit that we want
to set.

Callers then don't have to cope with a potential integer wrap
when using nf_connlabels_get(bit + 1) anymore.

Current callers are fine, this change is only to make folloup
nft ct label set support simpler.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-18 20:39:48 +02:00
Florian Westphal
b4ef159927 netfilter: connlabels: move helpers to xt_connlabel
Currently labels can only be set either by iptables connlabel
match or via ctnetlink.

Before adding nftables set support, clean up the clabel core and move
helpers that nft will not need after all to the xtables module.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-18 20:39:41 +02:00
Vivien Didelot
0209d144e3 net: dsa: constify probed name
Change the dsa_switch_driver.probe function to return a const char *.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-17 18:54:14 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
aed069df09 ip_tunnel_core: iptunnel_handle_offloads returns int and doesn't free skb
This patch updates the IP tunnel core function iptunnel_handle_offloads so
that we return an int and do not free the skb inside the function.  This
actually allows us to clean up several paths in several tunnels so that we
can free the skb at one point in the path without having to have a
secondary path if we are supporting tunnel offloads.

In addition it should resolve some double-free issues I have found in the
tunnels paths as I believe it is possible for us to end up triggering such
an event in the case of fou or gue.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 19:09:13 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
0412bd931f vxlan: synchronously and race-free destruction of vxlan sockets
Due to the fact that the udp socket is destructed asynchronously in a
work queue, we have some nondeterministic behavior during shutdown of
vxlan tunnels and creating new ones. Fix this by keeping the destruction
process synchronous in regards to the user space process so IFF_UP can
be reliably set.

udp_tunnel_sock_release destroys vs->sock->sk if reference counter
indicates so. We expect to have the same lifetime of vxlan_sock and
vxlan_sock->sock->sk even in fast paths with only rcu locks held. So
only destruct the whole socket after we can be sure it cannot be found
by searching vxlan_net->sock_list.

Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-16 18:23:01 -04:00
Xin Long
626d16f50f sctp: export some apis or variables for sctp_diag and reuse some for proc
For some main variables in sctp.ko, we couldn't export it to other modules,
so we have to define some api to access them.

It will include sctp transport and endpoint's traversal.

There are some transport traversal functions for sctp_diag, we can also
use it for sctp_proc. cause they have the similar situation to traversal
transport.

v2->v3:
- rhashtable_walk_init need the parameter gfp, because of recent upstrem
  update

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:29:36 -04:00
Xin Long
52c52a61a3 sctp: add sctp_info dump api for sctp_diag
sctp_diag will dump some important details of sctp's assoc or ep, we use
sctp_info to describe them,  sctp_get_sctp_info to get them, and export
it to sctp_diag.ko.

v2->v3:
- we will not use list_for_each_safe in sctp_get_sctp_info, cause
  all the callers of it will use lock_sock.

- fix the holes in struct sctp_info with __reserved* field.
  because sctp_diag is a new feature, and sctp_info is just for now,
  it may be changed in the future.

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:29:35 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
311b21774f sctp: simplify sk_receive_queue locking
SCTP already serializes access to rcvbuf through its sock lock:
sctp_recvmsg takes it right in the start and release at the end, while
rx path will also take the lock before doing any socket processing. On
sctp_rcv() it will check if there is an user using the socket and, if
there is, it will queue incoming packets to the backlog. The backlog
processing will do the same. Even timers will do such check and
re-schedule if an user is using the socket.

Simplifying this will allow us to remove sctp_skb_list_tail and get ride
of some expensive lockings.  The lists that it is used on are also
mangled with functions like __skb_queue_tail and __skb_unlink in the
same context, like on sctp_ulpq_tail_event() and sctp_clear_pd().
sctp_close() will also purge those while using only the sock lock.

Therefore the lockings performed by sctp_skb_list_tail() are not
necessary. This patch removes this function and replaces its calls with
just skb_queue_splice_tail_init() instead.

The biggest gain is at sctp_ulpq_tail_event(), because the events always
contain a list, even if it's queueing a single skb and this was
triggering expensive calls to spin_lock_irqsave/_irqrestore for every
data chunk received.

As SCTP will deliver each data chunk on a corresponding recvmsg, the
more effective the change will be.
Before this patch, with chunks with 30 bytes:
netperf -t SCTP_STREAM -H 192.168.1.2 -cC -l 60 -- -m 30 -S 400000
400000 -s 400000 400000
on a 10Gbit link with 1500 MTU:

SCTP STREAM TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 192.168.1.1 () port 0 AF_INET
Recv   Send    Send                          Utilization       Service Demand
Socket Socket  Message  Elapsed              Send     Recv     Send    Recv
Size   Size    Size     Time     Throughput  local    remote   local   remote
bytes  bytes   bytes    secs.    10^6bits/s  % S      % S      us/KB   us/KB

425984 425984     30    60.00       137.45   7.34     7.36     52.504  52.608

With it:

SCTP STREAM TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 192.168.1.1 () port 0 AF_INET
Recv   Send    Send                          Utilization       Service Demand
Socket Socket  Message  Elapsed              Send     Recv     Send    Recv
Size   Size    Size     Time     Throughput  local    remote   local   remote
bytes  bytes   bytes    secs.    10^6bits/s  % S      % S      us/KB   us/KB

425984 425984     30    60.00       179.10   7.97     6.70     43.740  36.788

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 17:22:20 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b3d051477c tcp: do not mess with listener sk_wmem_alloc
When removing sk_refcnt manipulation on synflood, I missed that
using skb_set_owner_w() was racy, if sk->sk_wmem_alloc had already
transitioned to 0.

We should hold sk_refcnt instead, but this is a big deal under attack.
(Doing so increase performance from 3.2 Mpps to 3.8 Mpps only)

In this patch, I chose to not attach a socket to syncookies skb.

Performance is now 5 Mpps instead of 3.2 Mpps.

Following patch will remove last known false sharing in
tcp_rcv_state_process()

Fixes: 3b24d854cb ("tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 16:45:44 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
de33efd0fb devlink: fix sb register stub in case devlink is disabled
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: bf7974710a ("devlink: add shared buffer configuration")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-15 12:57:29 -04:00
Craig Gallek
d894ba18d4 soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets
With the SO_REUSEPORT socket option, it is possible to create sockets
in the AF_INET and AF_INET6 domains which are bound to the same IPv4 address.
This is only possible with SO_REUSEPORT and when not using IPV6_V6ONLY on
the AF_INET6 sockets.

Prior to the commits referenced below, an incoming IPv4 packet would
always be routed to a socket of type AF_INET when this mixed-mode was used.
After those changes, the same packet would be routed to the most recently
bound socket (if this happened to be an AF_INET6 socket, it would
have an IPv4 mapped IPv6 address).

The change in behavior occurred because the recent SO_REUSEPORT optimizations
short-circuit the socket scoring logic as soon as they find a match.  They
did not take into account the scoring logic that favors AF_INET sockets
over AF_INET6 sockets in the event of a tie.

To fix this problem, this patch changes the insertion order of AF_INET
and AF_INET6 addresses in the TCP and UDP socket lists when the sockets
have SO_REUSEPORT set.  AF_INET sockets will be inserted at the head of the
list and AF_INET6 sockets with SO_REUSEPORT set will always be inserted at
the tail of the list.  This will force AF_INET sockets to always be
considered first.

Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Fixes: 125e80b88687 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport TCP socket selection")

Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 21:14:03 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
e646b657f6 ipv6: udp: Do a route lookup and update during release_cb
This patch adds a release_cb for UDPv6.  It does a route lookup
and updates sk->sk_dst_cache if it is needed.  It picks up the
left-over job from ip6_sk_update_pmtu() if the sk was owned
by user during the pmtu update.

It takes a rcu_read_lock to protect the __sk_dst_get() operations
because another thread may do ip6_dst_store() without taking the
sk lock (e.g. sendmsg).

Fixes: 45e4fd2668 ("ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reported-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:29:53 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
33c162a980 ipv6: datagram: Update dst cache of a connected datagram sk during pmtu update
There is a case in connected UDP socket such that
getsockopt(IPV6_MTU) will return a stale MTU value. The reproducible
sequence could be the following:
1. Create a connected UDP socket
2. Send some datagrams out
3. Receive a ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG
4. No new outgoing datagrams to trigger the sk_dst_check()
   logic to update the sk->sk_dst_cache.
5. getsockopt(IPV6_MTU) returns the mtu from the invalid
   sk->sk_dst_cache instead of the newly created RTF_CACHE clone.

This patch updates the sk->sk_dst_cache for a connected datagram sk
during pmtu-update code path.

Note that the sk->sk_v6_daddr is used to do the route lookup
instead of skb->data (i.e. iph).  It is because a UDP socket can become
connected after sending out some datagrams in un-connected state.  or
It can be connected multiple times to different destinations.  Hence,
iph may not be related to where sk is currently connected to.

It is done under '!sock_owned_by_user(sk)' condition because
the user may make another ip6_datagram_connect()  (i.e changing
the sk->sk_v6_daddr) while dst lookup is happening in the pmtu-update
code path.

For the sock_owned_by_user(sk) == true case, the next patch will
introduce a release_cb() which will update the sk->sk_dst_cache.

Test:

Server (Connected UDP Socket):
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Route Details:
[root@arch-fb-vm1 ~]# ip -6 r show | egrep '2fac'
2fac::/64 dev eth0  proto kernel  metric 256  pref medium
2fac:face::/64 via 2fac::face dev eth0  metric 1024  pref medium

A simple python code to create a connected UDP socket:

import socket
import errno

HOST = '2fac::1'
PORT = 8080

s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET6, socket.SOCK_DGRAM)
s.bind((HOST, PORT))
s.connect(('2fac:face::face', 53))
print("connected")
while True:
    try:
	data = s.recv(1024)
    except socket.error as se:
	if se.errno == errno.EMSGSIZE:
		pmtu = s.getsockopt(41, 24)
		print("PMTU:%d" % pmtu)
		break
s.close()

Python program output after getting a ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG:
[root@arch-fb-vm1 ~]# python2 ~/devshare/kernel/tasks/fib6/udp-connect-53-8080.py
connected
PMTU:1300

Cache routes after recieving TOOBIG:
[root@arch-fb-vm1 ~]# ip -6 r show table cache
2fac:face::face via 2fac::face dev eth0  metric 0
    cache  expires 463sec mtu 1300 pref medium

Client (Send the ICMPV6_PKT_TOOBIG):
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
scapy is used to generate the TOOBIG message.  Here is the scapy script I have
used:

>>> p=Ether(src='da:75:4d:36:ac:32', dst='52:54:00:12:34:66', type=0x86dd)/IPv6(src='2fac::face', dst='2fac::1')/ICMPv6PacketTooBig(mtu=1300)/IPv6(src='2fac::
1',dst='2fac:face::face', nh='UDP')/UDP(sport=8080,dport=53)
>>> sendp(p, iface='qemubr0')

Fixes: 45e4fd2668 ("ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception")
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reported-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:29:51 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
df38dafd25 devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface
User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a
snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and
maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the
historical maximal values.

Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to
carry occupancy values.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:03 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
bf7974710a devlink: add shared buffer configuration
Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared
buffers. Four basic objects are defined:
shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs
pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either
       static or dynamic threshold
port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool
port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool
                         with threshold.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 16:22:03 -04:00
stephen hemminger
f38ba953be gre: eliminate holes in ip_tunnel
The structure can be packed denser by doing minor rearrangement
of existing elements.

Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-14 01:15:52 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
fb586f2530 sctp: delay calls to sk_data_ready() as much as possible
Currently processing of multiple chunks in a single SCTP packet leads to
multiple calls to sk_data_ready, causing multiple wake up signals which
are costy and doesn't make it wake up any faster.

With this patch it will note that the wake up is pending and will do it
before leaving the state machine interpreter, latest place possible to
do it realiably and cleanly.

Note that sk_data_ready events are not dependent on asocs, unlike waking
up writers.

v2: series re-checked
v3: use local vars to cleanup the code, suggested by Jakub Sitnicki
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 23:04:44 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
250eb1f881 sctp: compress bit-wide flags to a bitfield on sctp_sock
It wastes space and gets worse as we add new flags, so convert bit-wide
flags to a bitfield.

Currently it already saves 4 bytes in sctp_sock, which are left as holes
in it for now. The whole struct needs packing, which should be done in
another patch.

Note that do_auto_asconf cannot be merged, as explained in the comment
before it.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 23:04:44 -04:00
Denys Vlasenko
f9a7cbbf18 net: force inlining of netif_tx_start/stop_queue, sock_hold, __sock_put
Sometimes gcc mysteriously doesn't inline
very small functions we expect to be inlined. See
    https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66122
Arguably, gcc should do better, but gcc people aren't willing
to invest time into it, asking to use __always_inline instead.

With this .config:
http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_OPTIMIZE_INLINING_and_Os,
the following functions get deinlined many times.

netif_tx_stop_queue: 207 copies, 590 calls:
	55                      push   %rbp
	48 89 e5                mov    %rsp,%rbp
	f0 80 8f e0 01 00 00 01 lock orb $0x1,0x1e0(%rdi)
	5d                      pop    %rbp
	c3                      retq

netif_tx_start_queue: 47 copies, 111 calls
	55                      push   %rbp
	48 89 e5                mov    %rsp,%rbp
	f0 80 a7 e0 01 00 00 fe lock andb $0xfe,0x1e0(%rdi)
	5d                      pop    %rbp
	c3                      retq

sock_hold: 39 copies, 124 calls
	55                      push   %rbp
	48 89 e5                mov    %rsp,%rbp
	f0 ff 87 80 00 00 00    lock incl 0x80(%rdi)
	5d                      pop    %rbp
	c3                      retq

__sock_put: 6 copies, 13 calls
	55                      push   %rbp
	48 89 e5                mov    %rsp,%rbp
	f0 ff 8f 80 00 00 00    lock decl 0x80(%rdi)
	5d                      pop    %rbp
	c3                      retq

This patch fixes this via s/inline/__always_inline/.

Code size decrease after the patch is ~2.5k:

    text      data      bss       dec     hex filename
56719876  56364551 36196352 149280779 8e5d80b vmlinux_before
56717440  56364551 36196352 149278343 8e5ce87 vmlinux

Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 22:40:54 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
fafc4e1ea1 sock: tigthen lockdep checks for sock_owned_by_user
sock_owned_by_user should not be used without socket lock held. It seems
to be a common practice to check .owned before lock reclassification, so
provide a little help to abstract this check away.

Cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 22:37:20 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
74c3e2a54b dsa: Rename phys_port_mask to enabled_port_mask
The phys in phys_port_mask suggests this mask is about PHYs. In fact,
it means physical ports. Rename to enabled_port_mask, indicating
external enabled ports of the switch, which is hopefully less
confusing.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:23 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
5feebd0a8a net: dsa: Remove allocation of driver private memory
The drivers now allocate their own memory for private usage. Remove
the allocation from the core code.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:23 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
7543a6d535 net: dsa: Have the switch driver allocate there own private memory
Now the switch devices have a dev pointer, make use of it for allocating
the drivers private data structures using a devm_kzalloc().

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:23 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
bbb8d79399 net: dsa: Pass the dsa device to the switch drivers
By passing a device structure to the switch devices, it allows them
to use devm_* methods for resource management.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 18:15:22 -04:00
David S. Miller
71bbe25d01 To synchronize with Kalle, here's just a big change that affects
all drivers - removing the duplicated enum ieee80211_band and
 replacing it by enum nl80211_band. On top of that, just a small
 documentation update.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJXDp6hAAoJEGt7eEactAAd/xUQAJtKNwp9CLsx+QFx6lMoXX4x
 r0XA8DFgLp1BflS9P05/g1m0NiQxm3YuRtpze/FdPglb6AAVjLcqksf+vTkU+Lng
 p7rIkb/fQv5s5aoYPxNrD5zgwALVv9y5fI7rV7scj355iesCC0PmAP34own2Dihi
 eBVSammsh5ZNTQKLBk8vXECb0UKWsDBMgp4uQc35Bpw8XSx5Nrtl5JI/hMcckte0
 a/FQyQKjmjl3O/nRLn3kzGPv1OnRiJOMb5fMWB+Xm2cLtmKPHIErgVk2l/CMaiYj
 sRJR8KaZQpQsyWiQU59UNpywlejy7Z1RsSWmuPhm0xTGzIF1wVIgHJSsRI/gNGD2
 8Ey1P+RXkM8NVxrQr/0fis9XWyWfE8ne4tFsPiPOD3VmBiStIB9fAukJHLrvTmKU
 JrkXCePUkfNY/PqJqlP/RONBcysI253/snVF49oZ7LMBZiGDPhdRcEEcCaS0tmMM
 Qa+a78XvaH5xaKuMIDZ4qMdnMMcdv4g8G1DQeA1mb0EIGL1Gtu9BJsu9q8PqmjQU
 1ZAf4MlWJWdYk+CtTNT4slSIQVKAN78s6j1HSB/bNcpWk9y93wBhJW0FdP7FtJ1I
 pjJGIVcLU98FKdqi2jqPEezbDXXzOz0gNQDbqfJyM9/R7ijnJcaPllviaWjEg/O7
 8jMBOg87Hn7kq7JJGpKA
 =2xfe
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-04-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
To synchronize with Kalle, here's just a big change that affects
all drivers - removing the duplicated enum ieee80211_band and
replacing it by enum nl80211_band. On top of that, just a small
documentation update.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-13 17:58:51 -04:00
Alexander Aring
edc73417d8 6lowpan: move mac802154 header
In case of link-layer specific handling for 802.15.4 we need to cast to
802.15.4 sepcific structures. Simple add this header when include the
6lowpan header.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-13 10:41:10 +02:00
Alexander Aring
a5862f2aba 6lowpan: move eui64 uncompress function
This function will be use in later functionality in other branches than
generic 6lowpan, so we move it to the global 6lowpan header.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-13 10:41:10 +02:00
Alexander Aring
353c224e28 6lowpan: move lowpan_802154_dev to 6lowpan
This patch moves the 802.15.4 link layer specific structures to generic
6lowpan. This is necessary for special 802.15.4 6lowpan handling in
6lowpan generic layer.

Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-13 10:41:09 +02:00
Alexander Aring
2e4d60cbcf 6lowpan: change naming for lowpan private data
This patch changes the naming for interface private data for lowpan
intefaces. The current private data scheme is:

-------------------------------------------------
|    6LoWPAN Generic   |    LinkLayer 6LoWPAN   |
-------------------------------------------------

the current naming schemes are:

- 6LoWPAN Generic:
  - lowpan_priv
- LinkLayer 6LoWPAN:
  - BTLE
    - lowpan_dev
  - 802.15.4:
    - lowpan_dev_info

the new naming scheme with this patch will be:

- 6LoWPAN Generic:
  - lowpan_dev
- LinkLayer 6LoWPAN:
  - BTLE
    - lowpan_btle_dev
  - 802.15.4:
    - lowpan_802154_dev

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt<stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-13 10:41:09 +02:00
Alexander Aring
118a5cf8ae ieee802154: add short address helpers
This patch introduce some short address handling functionality into
ieee802154 headers.

Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-04-13 10:41:08 +02:00
David S. Miller
da0caadf0a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains the first batch of Netfilter updates for
your net-next tree.

1) Define pr_fmt() in nf_conntrack, from Weongyo Jeong.

2) Define and register netfilter's afinfo for the bridge family,
   this comes in preparation for native nfqueue's bridge for nft,
   from Stephane Bryant.

3) Add new attributes to store layer 2 and VLAN headers to nfqueue,
   also from Stephane Bryant.

4) Parse new NFQA_VLAN and NFQA_L2HDR nfqueue netlink attributes
   coming from userspace, from Stephane Bryant.

5) Use net->ipv6.devconf_all->hop_limit instead of hardcoded hop_limit
   in IPv6 SYNPROXY, from Liping Zhang.

6) Remove unnecessary check for dst == NULL in nf_reject_ipv6,
   from Haishuang Yan.

7) Deinline ctnetlink event report functions, from Florian Westphal.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-12 22:34:56 -04:00
Florian Westphal
ecdfb48cdd netfilter: conntrack: move expectation event helper to ecache.c
Not performance critical, it is only invoked when an expectation is
added/destroyed.

While at it, kill unused nf_ct_expect_event() wrapper.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-12 23:01:57 +02:00
Florian Westphal
3c435e2e41 netfilter: conntrack: de-inline nf_conntrack_eventmask_report
Way too large; move it to nf_conntrack_ecache.c.
Reduces total object size by 1216 byte on my machine.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-04-12 23:01:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
57fbcce37b cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band
This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and
the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of
it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of
bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
35eb8f7b1a cfg80211: Improve Connect/Associate command documentation
The roaming cases for the Connect command were not fully covered and
neither Connect nor Associate command uses of the prev_bssid parameter
were very clear. Add details to describe how the prev_bssid argument is
supposed to be used and when the driver should use association or
reassociation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:38:21 +02:00
David Ahern
9ab179d83b net: vrf: Fix dst reference counting
Vivek reported a kernel exception deleting a VRF with an active
connection through it. The root cause is that the socket has a cached
reference to a dst that is destroyed. Converting the dst_destroy to
dst_release and letting proper reference counting kick in does not
work as the dst has a reference to the device which needs to be released
as well.

I talked to Hannes about this at netdev and he pointed out the ipv4 and
ipv6 dst handling has dst_ifdown for just this scenario. Rather than
continuing with the reinvented dst wheel in VRF just remove it and
leverage the ipv4 and ipv6 versions.

Fixes: 193125dbd8 ("net: Introduce VRF device driver")
Fixes: 35402e3136 ("net: Add IPv6 support to VRF device")

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 15:56:20 -04:00
David Howells
dc44b3a09a rxrpc: Differentiate local and remote abort codes in structs
In the rxrpc_connection and rxrpc_call structs, there's one field to hold
the abort code, no matter whether that value was generated locally to be
sent or was received from the peer via an abort packet.

Split the abort code fields in two for cleanliness sake and add an error
field to hold the Linux error number to the rxrpc_call struct too
(sometimes this is generated in a context where we can't return it to
userspace directly).

Furthermore, add a skb mark to indicate a packet that caused a local abort
to be generated so that recvmsg() can pick up the correct abort code.  A
future addition will need to be to indicate to userspace the difference
between aborts via a control message.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 15:34:40 -04:00
David Howells
8e688d9c16 rxrpc: Move some miscellaneous bits out into their own file
Move some miscellaneous bits out into their own file to make it easier to
split the call handling.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 15:34:40 -04:00
David Ahern
a6db4494d2 net: ipv4: Consider failed nexthops in multipath routes
Multipath route lookups should consider knowledge about next hops and not
select a hop that is known to be failed.

Example:

                     [h2]                   [h3]   15.0.0.5
                      |                      |
                     3|                     3|
                    [SP1]                  [SP2]--+
                     1  2                   1     2
                     |  |     /-------------+     |
                     |   \   /                    |
                     |     X                      |
                     |    / \                     |
                     |   /   \---------------\    |
                     1  2                     1   2
         12.0.0.2  [TOR1] 3-----------------3 [TOR2] 12.0.0.3
                     4                         4
                      \                       /
                        \                    /
                         \                  /
                          -------|   |-----/
                                 1   2
                                [TOR3]
                                  3|
                                   |
                                  [h1]  12.0.0.1

host h1 with IP 12.0.0.1 has 2 paths to host h3 at 15.0.0.5:

    root@h1:~# ip ro ls
    ...
    12.0.0.0/24 dev swp1  proto kernel  scope link  src 12.0.0.1
    15.0.0.0/16
            nexthop via 12.0.0.2  dev swp1 weight 1
            nexthop via 12.0.0.3  dev swp1 weight 1
    ...

If the link between tor3 and tor1 is down and the link between tor1
and tor2 then tor1 is effectively cut-off from h1. Yet the route lookups
in h1 are alternating between the 2 routes: ping 15.0.0.5 gets one and
ssh 15.0.0.5 gets the other. Connections that attempt to use the
12.0.0.2 nexthop fail since that neighbor is not reachable:

    root@h1:~# ip neigh show
    ...
    12.0.0.3 dev swp1 lladdr 00:02:00:00:00:1b REACHABLE
    12.0.0.2 dev swp1  FAILED
    ...

The failed path can be avoided by considering known neighbor information
when selecting next hops. If the neighbor lookup fails we have no
knowledge about the nexthop, so give it a shot. If there is an entry
then only select the nexthop if the state is sane. This is similar to
what fib_detect_death does.

To maintain backward compatibility use of the neighbor information is
based on a new sysctl, fib_multipath_use_neigh.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-11 15:16:13 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
ba6f5e33bd sctp: avoid refreshing heartbeat timer too often
Currently on high rate SCTP streams the heartbeat timer refresh can
consume quite a lot of resources as timer updates are costly and it
contains a random factor, which a) is also costly and b) invalidates
mod_timer() optimization for not editing a timer to the same value.
It may even cause the timer to be slightly advanced, for no good reason.

As suggested by David Laight this patch now removes this timer update
from hot path by leaving the timer on and re-evaluating upon its
expiration if the heartbeat is still needed or not, similarly to what is
done for TCP. If it's not needed anymore the timer is re-scheduled to
the new timeout, considering the time already elapsed.

For this, we now record the last tx timestamp per transport, updated in
the same spots as hb timer was restarted on tx. Also split up
sctp_transport_reset_timers into sctp_transport_reset_t3_rtx and
sctp_transport_reset_hb_timer, so we can re-arm T3 without re-arming the
heartbeat one.

On loopback with MTU of 65535 and data chunks with 1636, so that we
have a considerable amount of chunks without stressing system calls,
netperf -t SCTP_STREAM -l 30, perf looked like this before:

Samples: 103K of event 'cpu-clock', Event count (approx.): 25833000000
  Overhead  Command  Shared Object      Symbol
+    6,15%  netperf  [kernel.vmlinux]   [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
-    5,43%  netperf  [kernel.vmlinux]   [k] _raw_write_unlock_irqrestore
   - _raw_write_unlock_irqrestore
      - 96,54% _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
         - 36,14% mod_timer
            + 97,24% sctp_transport_reset_timers
            + 2,76% sctp_do_sm
         + 33,65% __wake_up_sync_key
         + 28,77% sctp_ulpq_tail_event
         + 1,40% del_timer
      - 1,84% mod_timer
         + 99,03% sctp_transport_reset_timers
         + 0,97% sctp_do_sm
      + 1,50% sctp_ulpq_tail_event

And after this patch, now with netperf -l 60:

Samples: 230K of event 'cpu-clock', Event count (approx.): 57707250000
  Overhead  Command  Shared Object      Symbol
+    5,65%  netperf  [kernel.vmlinux]   [k] memcpy_erms
+    5,59%  netperf  [kernel.vmlinux]   [k] copy_user_enhanced_fast_string
-    5,05%  netperf  [kernel.vmlinux]   [k] _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
   - _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore
      + 49,89% __wake_up_sync_key
      + 45,68% sctp_ulpq_tail_event
      - 2,85% mod_timer
         + 76,51% sctp_transport_reset_t3_rtx
         + 23,49% sctp_do_sm
      + 1,55% del_timer
+    2,50%  netperf  [sctp]             [k] sctp_datamsg_from_user
+    2,26%  netperf  [sctp]             [k] sctp_sendmsg

Throughput-wise, from 6800mbps without the patch to 7050mbps with it,
~3.7%.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-10 22:22:34 -04:00
David S. Miller
ae95d71261 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2016-04-09 17:41:41 -04:00
Vivien Didelot
4d5770b397 net: dsa: make the VLAN add function return void
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.

The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for
simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the
commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself.

Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:50:41 -04:00
Vivien Didelot
8497aa618d net: dsa: make the FDB add function return void
The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in
the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the
prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is nothing switchdev can do about it.

The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity
and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase,
there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself.

Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:50:40 -04:00
Vivien Didelot
43c44a9f65 net: dsa: make the STP state function return void
The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update
routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers.

Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a
dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute.

In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to
explicit the state change.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:50:40 -04:00
David S. Miller
1089ac6977 For the 4.6 cycle, we have a number of changes:
* Bob's mesh mode rhashtable conversion, this includes
    the rhashtable API change for allocation flags
  * BSSID scan, connect() command reassoc support (Jouni)
  * fast (optimised data only) and support for RSS in mac80211 (myself)
  * various smaller changes
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJXBQ4GAAoJEGt7eEactAAdWiMP/ibaP3I79NDc0s7wCDA+KRkm
 hx0Qx4a0wwm7lDFlnGBjY6yKr+XFDliCvdGX7XGpLSsTioNg7eXPpwx5FQoj6RiV
 8+5RKE9fTguN9ofUzqAwHd9sVOaxvdlXbKfb/N93Gzjpw/meYk58wXdF7Almkroa
 ukgJeMzIlIh+6D96zFEA+Ofzp5chwh+x2Dn0wXutEe9P9fOERA859veAvx65b+Ql
 IRGTqyuY5B/wcbkr4o+DWQwgrdt7Vop9nYVPNWtMHm2JTzfuCSaQ2cD9TnVAK/bg
 /vtqC46KKNLyBRGexAPqdftY9PWcfipgE+n7k+Et4iGSmNm7Z3dEyewgXmqli7XJ
 X8Uiaq+N6Fpe06DVSU7aSRt8NLV64A44jXSfKRI9U2POUqKMn/PMdm8bhPW8qCdM
 ra6myWpQGHWK9e0TQQdShq0NQKGxCZAiSRiiIrbbvXl1CwXxkPCG39wAC3Sh1tEN
 ou4lGraeywGnTjaq+mwLEtHLoug8Y2x+Fz+Ze4Cu2enXxna9lp4lr+rFlc+2+0Er
 o9oPxkTk8krZGIj9M6PNc5W+InMwchaFX3076n67hnFHzFRlOQzkfffbPYlhKJDQ
 f8c9JiNZIoX/fD1TAKsrdO1+EKm/xo7w7pLgbMwQal8Jr88SkITDg0i3oXc56vNQ
 ZK2gUzwvrD/jh0AUyDfN
 =sj7y
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-04-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
For the 4.7 cycle, we have a number of changes:
 * Bob's mesh mode rhashtable conversion, this includes
   the rhashtable API change for allocation flags
 * BSSID scan, connect() command reassoc support (Jouni)
 * fast (optimised data only) and support for RSS in mac80211 (myself)
 * various smaller changes
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:42:31 -04:00
David S. Miller
30d237a6c2 For the current RC series, we have the following fixes:
* TDLS fixes from Arik and Ilan
  * rhashtable fixes from Ben and myself
  * documentation fixes from Luis
  * U-APSD fixes from Emmanuel
  * a TXQ fix from Felix
  * and a compiler warning suppression from Jeff
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJXBQyAAAoJEGt7eEactAAdymsP/i2zU+VQFpkB8RG+nn/AYogY
 x2RXgKjCWOs6FwUcu+VHMx0whKuMADjqbMABdlsGGK62Xa5aYYcObvY+CgCUAI+m
 unV7kYDIBUHudiTpxXgZYUvylhIvW37VYjc6BDoaq4Jc1rz/L69zSrNHmoNiQv+Y
 113T0Ft5EEmEO1LP4s2GLMZTPqwgi2FnaP6UYFdTr2/ZfaRHlj2xRRG62WiT/q1x
 DMT2KWHvETCftpK3GwwkMSr0Au8CVV1soiQOoioTPRaevYbBFVi60GVXQeDlvFEV
 PqVCOEfsSvsw84phfHrW1bOxBeVsNYHbY/T4eVlC0zssUzz6KNH5jAfpyla1p0lP
 WniSqAaWxMcUYWCEBiOLa5LV2XVpXOuTpI84xcgc/BmprgzNyLgDAiCDtehpxALf
 Qmhc/rPR5BbLhTNY8z5qANG6mhQCHCo+52ypvBLMhZoajkPjgyBabwoqaRGje2ub
 vgzbAfqEguJmCAszw04KZ2UHInBcCDAZ5aOKiinawWvpftkDN0IJmO/HW5vnh4xV
 kawpo1eh1JzDcEyYfSjySHHFmR/5qnaDzaPL2cJthcOY/fGywibJHCQmoDPyH5jz
 Bkk0F0rMEcdQWs9pJLIMMzkA7BAlxYLYip0J9QImHL77sWK0QwUDCoryrgD6lL1D
 v2V31g1TZwPF2Noe9Rk7
 =r3Hr
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-04-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
For the current RC series, we have the following fixes:
 * TDLS fixes from Arik and Ilan
 * rhashtable fixes from Ben and myself
 * documentation fixes from Luis
 * U-APSD fixes from Emmanuel
 * a TXQ fix from Felix
 * and a compiler warning suppression from Jeff
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 16:41:28 -04:00
David S. Miller
b33b0a1bf6 net: Fix build failure due to lockdep_sock_is_held().
Needs to be protected with CONFIG_LOCKDEP.

Based upon a patch by Hannes Frederic Sowa.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 20:40:25 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
03be98226c sock: make lockdep_sock_is_held static inline
I forgot to add inline to lockdep_sock_is_held, so it generated all
kinds of build warnings if not build with lockdep support.

Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 18:01:21 -04:00
Tom Herbert
46aa2f30aa udp: Remove udp_offloads
Now that the UDP encapsulation GRO functions have been moved to the UDP
socket we not longer need the udp_offload insfrastructure so removing it.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:53:30 -04:00
Tom Herbert
5602c48cf8 vxlan: change vxlan to use UDP socket GRO
Adapt vxlan_gro_receive, vxlan_gro_complete to take a socket argument.
Set these functions in tunnel_config.  Don't set udp_offloads any more.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:53:29 -04:00
Tom Herbert
38fd2af24f udp: Add socket based GRO and config
Add gro_receive and  gro_complete to struct udp_tunnel_sock_cfg.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:53:29 -04:00
Tom Herbert
a6024562ff udp: Add GRO functions to UDP socket
This patch adds GRO functions (gro_receive and gro_complete) to UDP
sockets. udp_gro_receive is changed to perform socket lookup on a
packet. If a socket is found the related GRO functions are called.

This features obsoletes using UDP offload infrastructure for GRO
(udp_offload). This has the advantage of not being limited to provide
offload on a per port basis, GRO is now applied to whatever individual
UDP sockets are bound to.  This also allows the possbility of
"application defined GRO"-- that is we can attach something like
a BPF program to a UDP socket to perfrom GRO on an application
layer protocol.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:53:29 -04:00
Tom Herbert
63058308cd udp: Add udp6_lib_lookup_skb and udp4_lib_lookup_skb
Add externally visible functions to lookup a UDP socket by skb. This
will be used for GRO in UDP sockets. These functions also check
if skb->dst is set, and if it is not skb->dev is used to get dev_net.
This allows calling lookup functions before dst has been set on the
skbuff.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:53:14 -04:00
Tom Herbert
0340d0b9e0 net: Checks skb_dst to be NULL in inet_iif
In inet_iif check if skb_rtable is NULL for the skb and return
skb->skb_iif if it is.

This change allows inet_iif to be called before the dst
information has been set in the skb (e.g. when doing socket based
UDP GRO).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:53:14 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
1e1d04e678 net: introduce lockdep_is_held and update various places to use it
The socket is either locked if we hold the slock spin_lock for
lock_sock_fast and unlock_sock_fast or we own the lock (sk_lock.owned
!= 0). Check for this and at the same time improve that the current
thread/cpu is really holding the lock.

Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:44:14 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
61881cfb5a sock: fix lockdep annotation in release_sock
During release_sock we use callbacks to finish the processing
of outstanding skbs on the socket. We actually are still locked,
sk_locked.owned == 1, but we already told lockdep that the mutex
is released. This could lead to false positives in lockdep for
lockdep_sock_is_held (we don't hold the slock spinlock during processing
the outstanding skbs).

I took over this patch from Eric Dumazet and tested it.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-07 16:44:14 -04:00
Jiri Benc
e1e5314de0 vxlan: implement GPE
Implement VXLAN-GPE. Only COLLECT_METADATA is supported for now (it is
possible to support static configuration, too, if there is demand for it).

The GPE header parsing has to be moved before iptunnel_pull_header, as we
need to know the protocol.

v2: Removed what was called "L2 mode" in v1 of the patchset. Only "L3 mode"
    (now called "raw mode") is added by this patch. This mode does not allow
    Ethernet header to be encapsulated in VXLAN-GPE when using ip route to
    specify the encapsulation, IP header is encapsulated instead. The patch
    does support Ethernet to be encapsulated, though, using ETH_P_TEB in
    skb->protocol. This will be utilized by other COLLECT_METADATA users
    (openvswitch in particular).

    If there is ever demand for Ethernet encapsulation with VXLAN-GPE using
    ip route, it's easy to add a new flag switching the interface to
    "Ethernet mode" (called "L2 mode" in v1 of this patchset). For now,
    leave this out, it seems we don't need it.

    Disallowed more flag combinations, especially RCO with GPE.
    Added comment explaining that GBP and GPE cannot be set together.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 16:50:32 -04:00
Jiri Benc
a6d5bbf34e ip_tunnel: implement __iptunnel_pull_header
Allow calling of iptunnel_pull_header without special casing ETH_P_TEB inner
protocol.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 16:50:32 -04:00
WANG Cong
18fcf49f87 net_sched: fix a memory leak in tc action
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-06 16:04:29 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
ba6fbacf9c cfg80211: Add option to specify previous BSSID for Connect command
This extends NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to allow the NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID
attribute to be used similarly to way this was already allowed with
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE. This allows user space to request reassociation
(instead of association) when already connected to an AP. This provides
an option to reassociate within an ESS without having to disconnect and
associate with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-06 13:18:21 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
6e0456b545 mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support
Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good
performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the
need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only
supported for debugging purposes.

To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or
driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting
max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix locking issue]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-06 13:18:19 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c9c5962b56 mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU
If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the
station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will
enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or
shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-06 13:18:19 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d63b548fff mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX
Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band
from their device, which station transmitted a given RX
frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211
to save the extra lookup.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-06 13:18:13 +02:00
samanthakumar
627d2d6b55 udp: enable MSG_PEEK at non-zero offset
Enable peeking at UDP datagrams at the offset specified with socket
option SOL_SOCKET/SO_PEEK_OFF. Peek at any datagram in the queue, up
to the end of the given datagram.

Implement the SO_PEEK_OFF semantics introduced in commit ef64a54f6e
("sock: Introduce the SO_PEEK_OFF sock option"). Increase the offset
on peek, decrease it on regular reads.

When peeking, always checksum the packet immediately, to avoid
recomputation on subsequent peeks and final read.

The socket lock is not held for the duration of udp_recvmsg, so
peek and read operations can run concurrently. Only the last store
to sk_peek_off is preserved.

Signed-off-by: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-05 16:29:37 -04:00
samanthakumar
e6afc8ace6 udp: remove headers from UDP packets before queueing
Remove UDP transport headers before queueing packets for reception.
This change simplifies a follow-up patch to add MSG_PEEK support.

Signed-off-by: Sam Kumar <samanthakumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-05 16:29:37 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
b9bb53f383 sock: convert sk_peek_offset functions to WRITE_ONCE
Make the peek offset interface safe to use in lockless environments.
Use READ_ONCE and WRITE_ONCE to avoid race conditions between testing
and updating the peek offset.

Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-05 16:29:36 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
eb8e97715f sctp: use list_* in sctp_list_dequeue
Use list_* helpers in sctp_list_dequeue, more readable.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-05 15:44:08 -04:00
Ayala Beker
52cfa1d614 mac80211: track and tell driver about GO client P2P PS abilities
Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO
has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms.
Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 21:34:49 +02:00
Ayala Beker
17b9424786 cfg80211: allow userspace to specify client P2P PS support
Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanisms, and thus
if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it has to make
some changes in the PS behavior.

To handle this, add an attribute to specify whether a station supports
P2P PS or not. If the attribute was not specified cfg80211 will assume
that station supports it for P2P GO interface, and does NOT support it
for AP interface, matching the current assumptions in the code.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 21:34:47 +02:00
Akira Moroo
2aa4d45635 cfg80211: fix kernel-doc struct name
This patch fix a structure name mismatch in cfg80211.h.

Signed-off-by: Moroo Akira <retrage01@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 11:40:52 +02:00
Luis de Bethencourt
84ea3a18c0 mac80211: add doc for RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED flag
Add documentation for the flag for duplication check.

Fixes the following warning when running make htmldocs:
warning: Enum value 'RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED' not described in enum 'mac80211_rx_flags'

Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
[fix description]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 11:10:59 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
38de03d2a2 nl80211: add feature for BSS selection support
Introducing a new feature that the driver can use to
indicate the driver/firmware supports configuration of BSS
selection criteria upon CONNECT command. This can be useful
when multiple BSS-es are found belonging to the same ESS,
ie. Infra-BSS with same SSID. The criteria can then be used to
offload selection of a preferred BSS.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[move wiphy support check into parse_bss_select()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:56:34 +02:00
Sara Sharon
f59374eb42 mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station
Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a
situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and
results in station removal while there are prior RX frames
that were still not processed in other queues. When they will
be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be
dropped.
Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns
from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:56:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
818965d391 cfg80211: Allow a scan request for a specific BSSID
This allows scans for a specific BSSID to be optimized by the user space
application by requesting the driver to set the Probe Request frame
BSSID field (Address 3) to the specified BSSID instead of the wildcard
BSSID. This prevents other APs from replying which reduces airtime need
and latency in getting the response from the target AP through.

This is an optimization and as such, it is acceptable for some of the
drivers not to support the mechanism. If not supported, the wildcard
BSSID will be used and more responses may be received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:56:28 +02:00
Sara Sharon
f980ebc058 mac80211: allow not sending MIC up from driver for HW crypto
When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to
be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it
already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the
frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not
present.

Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make
the flags field a u64.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:48:56 +02:00
Johannes Berg
162dd6a725 mac80211: allow drivers to report CLOCK_BOOTTIME for scan results
This was requested by Android, and the appropriate cfg80211 API
had been added by Dmitry. Support it in mac80211, allowing drivers
to provide the timestamp.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:48:55 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
9caad86415 tcp: increment sk_drops for listeners
Goal: packets dropped by a listener are accounted for.

This adds tcp_listendrop() helper, and clears sk_drops in sk_clone_lock()
so that children do not inherit their parent drop count.

Note that we no longer increment LINUX_MIB_LISTENDROPS counter when
sending a SYNCOOKIE, since the SYN packet generated a SYNACK.
We already have a separate LINUX_MIB_SYNCOOKIESSENT

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:20 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
532182cd61 tcp: increment sk_drops for dropped rx packets
Now ss can report sk_drops, we can instruct TCP to increment
this per socket counter when it drops an incoming frame, to refine
monitoring and debugging.

Following patch takes care of listeners drops.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:20 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
3b24d854cb tcp/dccp: do not touch listener sk_refcnt under synflood
When a SYNFLOOD targets a non SO_REUSEPORT listener, multiple
cpus contend on sk->sk_refcnt and sk->sk_wmem_alloc changes.

By letting listeners use SOCK_RCU_FREE infrastructure,
we can relax TCP_LISTEN lookup rules and avoid touching sk_refcnt

Note that we still use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU rules for other sockets,
only listeners are impacted by this change.

Peak performance under SYNFLOOD is increased by ~33% :

On my test machine, I could process 3.2 Mpps instead of 2.4 Mpps

Most consuming functions are now skb_set_owner_w() and sock_wfree()
contending on sk->sk_wmem_alloc when cooking SYNACK and freeing them.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:20 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
3a5d1c0e7c inet: reqsk_alloc() needs to take care of dead listeners
We'll soon no longer take a refcount on listeners,
so reqsk_alloc() can not assume a listener refcount is not
zero. We need to use atomic_inc_not_zero()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:19 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
ee3cf32a4a tcp/dccp: remove BH disable/enable in lookup
Since linux 2.6.29, lookups only use rcu locking.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:19 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
ca065d0cf8 udp: no longer use SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU
Tom Herbert would like not touching UDP socket refcnt for encapsulated
traffic. For this to happen, we need to use normal RCU rules, with a grace
period before freeing a socket. UDP sockets are not short lived in the
high usage case, so the added cost of call_rcu() should not be a concern.

This actually removes a lot of complexity in UDP stack.

Multicast receives no longer need to hold a bucket spinlock.

Note that ip early demux still needs to take a reference on the socket.

Same remark for functions used by xt_socket and xt_PROXY netfilter modules,
but this might be changed later.

Performance for a single UDP socket receiving flood traffic from
many RX queues/cpus.

Simple udp_rx using simple recvfrom() loop :
438 kpps instead of 374 kpps : 17 % increase of the peak rate.

v2: Addressed Willem de Bruijn feedback in multicast handling
 - keep early demux break in __udp4_lib_demux_lookup()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Tested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:19 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
a4298e4522 net: add SOCK_RCU_FREE socket flag
We want a generic way to insert an RCU grace period before socket
freeing for cases where RCU_SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is adding too
much overhead.

SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU strict rules force us to take a reference
on the socket sk_refcnt, and it is a performance problem for UDP
encapsulation, or TCP synflood behavior, as many CPUs might
attempt the atomic operations on a shared sk_refcnt

UDP sockets and TCP listeners can set SOCK_RCU_FREE so that their
lookup can use traditional RCU rules, without refcount changes.
They can set the flag only once hashed and visible by other cpus.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Tested-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 22:11:19 -04:00
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh
c14ac9451c sock: enable timestamping using control messages
Currently, SOL_TIMESTAMPING can only be enabled using setsockopt.
This is very costly when users want to sample writes to gather
tx timestamps.

Add support for enabling SO_TIMESTAMPING via control messages by
using tsflags added in `struct sockcm_cookie` (added in the previous
patches in this series) to set the tx_flags of the last skb created in
a sendmsg. With this patch, the timestamp recording bits in tx_flags
of the skbuff is overridden if SO_TIMESTAMPING is passed in a cmsg.

Please note that this is only effective for overriding the recording
timestamps flags. Users should enable timestamp reporting (e.g.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE | SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID) using
socket options and then should ask for SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_*
using control messages per sendmsg to sample timestamps for each
write.

Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 15:50:30 -04:00
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh
ad1e46a837 ipv6: process socket-level control messages in IPv6
Process socket-level control messages by invoking
__sock_cmsg_send in ip6_datagram_send_ctl for control messages on
the SOL_SOCKET layer.

This makes sure whenever ip6_datagram_send_ctl is called for
udp and raw, we also process socket-level control messages.

This is a bit uglier than IPv4, since IPv6 does not have
something like ipcm_cookie. Perhaps we can later create
a control message cookie for IPv6?

Note that this commit interprets new control messages that
were ignored before. As such, this commit does not change
the behavior of IPv6 control messages.

Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 15:50:30 -04:00
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh
24025c465f ipv4: process socket-level control messages in IPv4
Process socket-level control messages by invoking
__sock_cmsg_send in ip_cmsg_send for control messages on
the SOL_SOCKET layer.

This makes sure whenever ip_cmsg_send is called in udp, icmp,
and raw, we also process socket-level control messages.

Note that this commit interprets new control messages that
were ignored before. As such, this commit does not change
the behavior of IPv4 control messages.

Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 15:50:30 -04:00
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh
3dd17e63f5 sock: accept SO_TIMESTAMPING flags in socket cmsg
Accept SO_TIMESTAMPING in control messages of the SOL_SOCKET level
as a basis to accept timestamping requests per write.

This implementation only accepts TX recording flags (i.e.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_HARDWARE, SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SOFTWARE,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_SCHED, and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK) in
control messages. Users need to set reporting flags (e.g.,
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_ID) per socket via socket options.

This commit adds a tsflags field in sockcm_cookie which is
set in __sock_cmsg_send. It only override the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_*
bits in sockcm_cookie.tsflags allowing the control message
to override the recording behavior per write, yet maintaining
the value of other flags.

This patch implements validating the control message and setting
tsflags in struct sockcm_cookie. Next commits in this series will
actually implement timestamping per write for different protocols.

Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 15:50:30 -04:00
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh
6b084928ba tcp: use one bit in TCP_SKB_CB to mark ACK timestamps
Currently, to avoid a cache line miss for accessing skb_shinfo,
tcp_ack_tstamp skips socket that do not have
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK bit set in sk_tsflags. This is
implemented based on an implicit assumption that the
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_TX_ACK is set via socket options for the
duration that ACK timestamps are needed.

To implement per-write timestamps, this check should be
removed and replaced with a per-packet alternative that
quickly skips packets missing ACK timestamps marks without
a cache-line miss.

To enable per-packet marking without a cache line miss, use
one bit in TCP_SKB_CB to mark a whether a SKB might need a
ack tx timestamp or not. Further checks in tcp_ack_tstamp are not
modified and work as before.

Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 15:50:29 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
39771b127b sock: break up sock_cmsg_snd into __sock_cmsg_snd and loop
To process cmsg's of the SOL_SOCKET level in addition to
cmsgs of another level, protocols can call sock_cmsg_send().
This causes a double walk on the cmsghdr list, one for SOL_SOCKET
and one for the other level.

Extract the inner demultiplex logic from the loop that walks the list,
to allow having this called directly from a walker in the protocol
specific code.

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-04 15:50:29 -04:00
Yuchung Cheng
2349262397 tcp: remove cwnd moderation after recovery
For non-SACK connections, cwnd is lowered to inflight plus 3 packets
when the recovery ends. This is an optional feature in the NewReno
RFC 2582 to reduce the potential burst when cwnd is "re-opened"
after recovery and inflight is low.

This feature is questionably effective because of PRR: when
the recovery ends (i.e., snd_una == high_seq) NewReno holds the
CA_Recovery state for another round trip to prevent false fast
retransmits. But if the inflight is low, PRR will overwrite the
moderated cwnd in tcp_cwnd_reduction() later regardlessly. So if a
receiver responds bogus ACKs (i.e., acking future data) to speed up
transfer after recovery, it can only induce a burst up to a window
worth of data packets by acking up to SND.NXT. A restart from (short)
idle or receiving streched ACKs can both cause such bursts as well.

On the other hand, if the recovery ends because the sender
detects the losses were spurious (e.g., reordering). This feature
unconditionally lowers a reverted cwnd even though nothing
was lost.

By principle loss recovery module should not update cwnd. Further
pacing is much more effective to reduce burst. Hence this patch
removes the cwnd moderation feature.

v2 changes: revised commit message on bogus ACKs and burst, and
            missing signature

Signed-off-by: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-02 20:11:43 -04:00
Haishuang Yan
6579a023a8 net: ping: make ping_v6_sendmsg static
As ping_v6_sendmsg is used only in this file,
making it static

The body of "pingv6_prot" and "pingv6_protosw" were
moved at the middle of the file, to avoid having to
declare some static prototypes.

Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-23 22:09:58 -04:00
Luis de Bethencourt
db219baf19 ipv6: remove unused in6_addr struct
struct in6_addr isn't used anymore in inet6_connection_sock.h, removing
the forward declaration.

Fixes: 1b33bc3e9e ("ipv6: remove obsolete inet6 functions")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-22 15:45:44 -04:00
Jiri Benc
5692d7ea41 vxlan: fix sparse warnings
Sparse reports false positives for the header manipulation inlines. Annotate
them correctly.

Tested by sparse on a little endian and big endian machine.

Fixes: 54bfd872bf ("vxlan: keep flags and vni in network byte order")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-21 13:30:02 -04:00
Jesse Gross
a09a4c8dd1 tunnels: Remove encapsulation offloads on decap.
If a packet is either locally encapsulated or processed through GRO
it is marked with the offloads that it requires. However, when it is
decapsulated these tunnel offload indications are not removed. This
means that if we receive an encapsulated TCP packet, aggregate it with
GRO, decapsulate, and retransmit the resulting frame on a NIC that does
not support encapsulation, we won't be able to take advantage of hardware
offloads even though it is just a simple TCP packet at this point.

This fixes the problem by stripping off encapsulation offload indications
when packets are decapsulated.

The performance impacts of this bug are significant. In a test where a
Geneve encapsulated TCP stream is sent to a hypervisor, GRO'ed, decapsulated,
and bridged to a VM performance is improved by 60% (5Gbps->8Gbps) as a
result of avoiding unnecessary segmentation at the VM tap interface.

Reported-by: Ramu Ramamurthy <sramamur@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Fixes: 68c33163 ("v4 GRE: Add TCP segmentation offload for GRE")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-20 16:33:40 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
659e0bcaeb sctp: keep fragmentation point aligned to word size
If the user supply a different fragmentation point or if there is a
network header that cause it to not be aligned, force it to be aligned.

Fragmentation point at a value that is not aligned is not optimal.  It
causes extra padding to be used and has just no pros.

v2:
 - Make use of the new WORD_TRUNC macro

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-20 16:31:12 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
3822a5ff4b sctp: align MTU to a word
SCTP is a protocol that is aligned to a word (4 bytes). Thus using bare
MTU can sometimes return values that are not aligned, like for loopback,
which is 65536 but ipv4_mtu() limits that to 65535. This mis-alignment
will cause the last non-aligned bytes to never be used and can cause
issues with congestion control.

So it's better to just consider a lower MTU and keep congestion control
calcs saner as they are based on PMTU.

Same applies to icmp frag needed messages, which is also fixed by this
patch.

One other effect of this is the inability to send MTU-sized packet
without queueing or fragmentation and without hitting Nagle. As the
check performed at sctp_packet_can_append_data():

if (chunk->skb->len + q->out_qlen >= transport->pathmtu - packet->overhead)
	/* Enough data queued to fill a packet */
	return SCTP_XMIT_OK;

with the above example of MTU, if there are no other messages queued,
one cannot send a packet that just fits one packet (65532 bytes) and
without causing DATA chunk fragmentation or a delay.

v2:
 - Added WORD_TRUNC macro

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-20 16:31:12 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
69716a2b51 ipv6, trace: fix tos reporting on fib6_table_lookup
flowi6_tos of struct flowi6 is unused in IPv6, therefore dumping tos on
that tracepoint will also give incorrect information wrt traffic class.

If we want to fix it, we need to extract it via ip6_tclass(flp->flowlabel).
While for the same test case I get a count of 0 non-zero tos values before
the change, they now start to show up after the change:

  # ./perf record -e fib6:fib6_table_lookup -a sleep 10
  # ./perf script | grep -v "tos 0" | wc -l
  60

Since there's no user in the kernel tree anymore of flowi6_tos, remove the
define to avoid any future confusion on this.

Fixes: b811580d91 ("net: IPv6 fib lookup tracepoint")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-20 13:44:34 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
eaa93bf4c6 vxlan: fix populating tclass in vxlan6_get_route
Jiri mentioned that flowi6_tos of struct flowi6 is never used/read
anywhere. In fact, rest of the kernel uses the flowi6's flowlabel,
where the traffic class _and_ the flowlabel (aka flowinfo) is encoded.

For example, for policy routing, fib6_rule_match() uses ip6_tclass()
that is applied on the flowlabel member for matching on tclass. Similar
fix is needed for geneve, where flowi6_tos is set as well. Installing
a v6 blackhole rule that f.e. matches on tos is now working with vxlan.

Fixes: 1400615d64 ("vxlan: allow setting ipv6 traffic class")
Reported-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-20 13:44:34 -04:00
David S. Miller
c78a85a843 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux 2016-03-19 21:05:24 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
1200b6809d Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
 "Highlights:

   1) Support more Realtek wireless chips, from Jes Sorenson.

   2) New BPF types for per-cpu hash and arrap maps, from Alexei
      Starovoitov.

   3) Make several TCP sysctls per-namespace, from Nikolay Borisov.

   4) Allow the use of SO_REUSEPORT in order to do per-thread processing
   of incoming TCP/UDP connections.  The muxing can be done using a
   BPF program which hashes the incoming packet.  From Craig Gallek.

   5) Add a multiplexer for TCP streams, to provide a messaged based
      interface.  BPF programs can be used to determine the message
      boundaries.  From Tom Herbert.

   6) Add 802.1AE MACSEC support, from Sabrina Dubroca.

   7) Avoid factorial complexity when taking down an inetdev interface
      with lots of configured addresses.  We were doing things like
      traversing the entire address less for each address removed, and
      flushing the entire netfilter conntrack table for every address as
      well.

   8) Add and use SKB bulk free infrastructure, from Jesper Brouer.

   9) Allow offloading u32 classifiers to hardware, and implement for
      ixgbe, from John Fastabend.

  10) Allow configuring IRQ coalescing parameters on a per-queue basis,
      from Kan Liang.

  11) Extend ethtool so that larger link mode masks can be supported.
      From David Decotigny.

  12) Introduce devlink, which can be used to configure port link types
      (ethernet vs Infiniband, etc.), port splitting, and switch device
      level attributes as a whole.  From Jiri Pirko.

  13) Hardware offload support for flower classifiers, from Amir Vadai.

  14) Add "Local Checksum Offload".  Basically, for a tunneled packet
      the checksum of the outer header is 'constant' (because with the
      checksum field filled into the inner protocol header, the payload
      of the outer frame checksums to 'zero'), and we can take advantage
      of that in various ways.  From Edward Cree"

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1548 commits)
  bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
  net: bcmgenet: fix dma api length mismatch
  net/mlx4_core: Fix backward compatibility on VFs
  phy: mdio-thunder: Fix some Kconfig typos
  lan78xx: add ndo_get_stats64
  lan78xx: handle statistics counter rollover
  RDS: TCP: Remove unused constant
  RDS: TCP: Add sysctl tunables for sndbuf/rcvbuf on rds-tcp socket
  net: smc911x: convert pxa dma to dmaengine
  team: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
  bonding: remove duplicate set of flag IFF_MULTICAST
  net: fix a comment typo
  ethernet: micrel: fix some error codes
  ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
  bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
  bpf: make skb->tc_classid also readable
  net: mvneta: bm: clarify dependencies
  cls_bpf: reset class and reuse major in da
  ldmvsw: Checkpatch sunvnet.c and sunvnet_common.c
  ldmvsw: Add ldmvsw.c driver code
  ...
2016-03-19 10:05:34 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
fe30937b65 bonding: fix bond_get_stats()
bond_get_stats() can be called from rtnetlink (with RTNL held)
or from /proc/net/dev seq handler (with RCU held)

The logic added in commit 5f0c5f73e5 ("bonding: make global bonding
stats more reliable") kind of assumed only one cpu could run there.

If multiple threads are reading /proc/net/dev, stats can be really
messed up after a while.

A second problem is that some fields are 32bit, so we need to properly
handle the wrap around problem.

Given that RTNL is not always held, we need to use
bond_for_each_slave_rcu().

Fixes: 5f0c5f73e5 ("bonding: make global bonding stats more reliable")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-18 23:14:15 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
fca5fdf67d ip_tunnels, bpf: define IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX and use it
eBPF defines this as BPF_TUNLEN_MAX and OVS just uses the hard-coded
value inside struct sw_flow_key. Thus, add and use IP_TUNNEL_OPTS_MAX
for this, which makes the code a bit more generic and allows to remove
BPF_TUNLEN_MAX from eBPF code.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-18 19:38:46 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
808c1b697c bpf, dst: add and use dst_tclassid helper
We can just add a small helper dst_tclassid() for retrieving the
dst->tclassid value. It makes the code a bit better in that we can
get rid of the ifdef from filter.c by moving this into the header.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-18 19:38:46 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
70477371dc Merge branch 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
 "Here is the crypto update for 4.6:

  API:
   - Convert remaining crypto_hash users to shash or ahash, also convert
     blkcipher/ablkcipher users to skcipher.
   - Remove crypto_hash interface.
   - Remove crypto_pcomp interface.
   - Add crypto engine for async cipher drivers.
   - Add akcipher documentation.
   - Add skcipher documentation.

  Algorithms:
   - Rename crypto/crc32 to avoid name clash with lib/crc32.
   - Fix bug in keywrap where we zero the wrong pointer.

  Drivers:
   - Support T5/M5, T7/M7 SPARC CPUs in n2 hwrng driver.
   - Add PIC32 hwrng driver.
   - Support BCM6368 in bcm63xx hwrng driver.
   - Pack structs for 32-bit compat users in qat.
   - Use crypto engine in omap-aes.
   - Add support for sama5d2x SoCs in atmel-sha.
   - Make atmel-sha available again.
   - Make sahara hashing available again.
   - Make ccp hashing available again.
   - Make sha1-mb available again.
   - Add support for multiple devices in ccp.
   - Improve DMA performance in caam.
   - Add hashing support to rockchip"

* 'linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (116 commits)
  crypto: qat - remove redundant arbiter configuration
  crypto: ux500 - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
  crypto: atmel - fix checks of error code returned by devm_ioremap_resource()
  crypto: qat - Change the definition of icp_qat_uof_regtype
  hwrng: exynos - use __maybe_unused to hide pm functions
  crypto: ccp - Add abstraction for device-specific calls
  crypto: ccp - CCP versioning support
  crypto: ccp - Support for multiple CCPs
  crypto: ccp - Remove check for x86 family and model
  crypto: ccp - memset request context to zero during import
  lib/mpi: use "static inline" instead of "extern inline"
  lib/mpi: avoid assembler warning
  hwrng: bcm63xx - fix non device tree compatibility
  crypto: testmgr - allow rfc3686 aes-ctr variants in fips mode.
  crypto: qat - The AE id should be less than the maximal AE number
  lib/mpi: Endianness fix
  crypto: rockchip - add hash support for crypto engine in rk3288
  crypto: xts - fix compile errors
  crypto: doc - add skcipher API documentation
  crypto: doc - update AEAD AD handling
  ...
2016-03-17 11:22:54 -07:00
Steffen Klassert
6ad3122a08 flowcache: Avoid OOM condition under preasure
We can hit an OOM condition if we are under presure because
we can not free the entries in gc_list fast enough. So add
a counter for the not yet freed entries in the gc_list and
refuse new allocations if the value is too high.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2016-03-17 10:28:42 +01:00
David S. Miller
1cdba55055 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter/IPVS/OVS updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes and OVS NAT
support, more specifically this batch is composed of:

1) Fix a crash in ipset when performing a parallel flush/dump with
   set:list type, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.

2) Make sure NFACCT_FILTER_* netlink attributes are in place before
   accessing them, from Phil Turnbull.

3) Check return error code from ip_vs_fill_iph_skb_off() in IPVS SIP
   helper, from Arnd Bergmann.

4) Add workaround to IPVS to reschedule existing connections to new
   destination server by dropping the packet and wait for retransmission
   of TCP syn packet, from Julian Anastasov.

5) Allow connection rescheduling in IPVS when in CLOSE state, also
   from Julian.

6) Fix wrong offset of SIP Call-ID in IPVS helper, from Marco Angaroni.

7) Validate IPSET_ATTR_ETHER netlink attribute length, from Jozsef.

8) Check match/targetinfo netlink attribute size in nft_compat,
   patch from Florian Westphal.

9) Check for integer overflow on 32-bit systems in x_tables, from
   Florian Westphal.

Several patches from Jarno Rajahalme to prepare the introduction of
NAT support to OVS based on the Netfilter infrastructure:

10) Schedule IP_CT_NEW_REPLY definition for removal in
    nf_conntrack_common.h.

11) Simplify checksumming recalculation in nf_nat.

12) Add comments to the openvswitch conntrack code, from Jarno.

13) Update the CT state key only after successful nf_conntrack_in()
    invocation.

14) Find existing conntrack entry after upcall.

15) Handle NF_REPEAT case due to templates in nf_conntrack_in().

16) Call the conntrack helper functions once the conntrack has been
    confirmed.

17) And finally, add the NAT interface to OVS.

The batch closes with:

18) Cleanup to use spin_unlock_wait() instead of
    spin_lock()/spin_unlock(), from Nicholas Mc Guire.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 22:10:25 -04:00
Vivien Didelot
16bfa7024e net: dsa: make port_bridge_leave return void
netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns
void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual
error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level.

Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 16:05:31 -04:00
Vivien Didelot
71327a4e7d net: dsa: rename port_*_bridge routines
Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to
respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect
an implicit Port::Bridge namespace.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 16:05:31 -04:00
David S. Miller
180a2c542c Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-03-12

Here's the last bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.6 kernel.

 - New USB ID for AR3012 in btusb
 - New BCM2E55 ACPI ID
 - Buffer overflow fix for the Add Advertising command
 - Support for a new Bluetooth LE limited privacy mode
 - Fix for firmware activation in btmrvl_sdio
 - Cleanups to mac802154 & 6lowpan code

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 15:44:56 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
a44d6eacda tcp: Add RFC4898 tcpEStatsPerfDataSegsOut/In
Per RFC4898, they count segments sent/received
containing a positive length data segment (that includes
retransmission segments carrying data).  Unlike
tcpi_segs_out/in, tcpi_data_segs_out/in excludes segments
carrying no data (e.g. pure ack).

The patch also updates the segs_in in tcp_fastopen_add_skb()
so that segs_in >= data_segs_in property is kept.

Together with retransmission data, tcpi_data_segs_out
gives a better signal on the rxmit rate.

v6: Rebase on the latest net-next

v5: Eric pointed out that checking skb->len is still needed in
tcp_fastopen_add_skb() because skb can carry a FIN without data.
Hence, instead of open coding segs_in and data_segs_in, tcp_segs_in()
helper is used.  Comment is added to the fastopen case to explain why
segs_in has to be reset and tcp_segs_in() has to be called before
__skb_pull().

v4: Add comment to the changes in tcp_fastopen_add_skb()
and also add remark on this case in the commit message.

v3: Add const modifier to the skb parameter in tcp_segs_in()

v2: Rework based on recent fix by Eric:
commit a9d99ce28e ("tcp: fix tcpi_segs_in after connection establishment")

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Chris Rapier <rapier@psc.edu>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 14:55:26 -04:00
Gregory CLEMENT
8cb2d8bf57 net: add a hardware buffer management helper API
This basic implementation allows to share code between driver using
hardware buffer management. As the code is hardware agnostic, there is
few helpers, most of the optimization brought by the an HW BM has to be
done at driver level.

Tested-by: Sebastian Careba <nitroshift@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-14 12:19:46 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
1e94082963 ipv6: Pass proto to csum_ipv6_magic as __u8 instead of unsigned short
This patch updates csum_ipv6_magic so that it correctly recognizes that
protocol is a unsigned 8 bit value.

This will allow us to better understand what limitations may or may not be
present in how we handle the data.  For example there are a number of
places that call htonl on the protocol value.  This is likely not necessary
and can be replaced with a multiplication by ntohl(1) which will be
converted to a shift by the compiler.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 23:55:13 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
cea8768f33 sctp: allow sctp_transmit_packet and others to use gfp
Currently sctp_sendmsg() triggers some calls that will allocate memory
with GFP_ATOMIC even when not necessary. In the case of
sctp_packet_transmit it will allocate a linear skb that will be used to
construct the packet and this may cause sends to fail due to ENOMEM more
often than anticipated specially with big MTUs.

This patch thus allows it to inherit gfp flags from upper calls so that
it can use GFP_KERNEL if it was triggered by a sctp_sendmsg call or
similar. All others, like retransmits or flushes started from BH, are
still allocated using GFP_ATOMIC.

In netperf tests this didn't result in any performance drawbacks when
memory is not too fragmented and made it trigger ENOMEM way less often.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 22:29:07 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
338039635d csum: Update csum_block_add to use rotate instead of byteswap
The code for csum_block_add was doing a funky byteswap to swap the even and
odd bytes of the checksum if the offset was odd.  Instead of doing this we
can save ourselves some trouble and just shift by 8 as this should have the
same effect in terms of the final checksum value and only requires one
instruction.

In addition we can update csum_block_sub to just use csum_block_add with a
inverse value for csum2.  This way we follow the same code path as
csum_block_add without having to duplicate it.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 15:01:00 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
e7f70af111 vxlan: support setting IPv6 flow label
This work adds support for setting the IPv6 flow label for vxlan per
device and through collect metadata (ip_tunnel_key) frontends. The
vxlan dst cache does not need any special considerations here, for
the cases where caches can be used, the label is static per cache.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 15:14:26 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann
134611446d ip_tunnel: add support for setting flow label via collect metadata
This patch extends udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() to pass in the IPv6 flow label
from call sites. Currently, there's no such option and it's always set to
zero when writing ip6_flow_hdr(). Add a label member to ip_tunnel_key, so
that flow-based tunnels via collect metadata frontends can make use of it.
vxlan and geneve will be converted to add flow label support separately.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 15:14:26 -05:00
Amir Vadai
8208d21bf3 net/flower: Fix pointer cast
Cast pointer to unsigned long instead of u64, to fix compilation warning
on 32 bit arch, spotted by 0day build.

Fixes: 5b33f48 ("net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 12:04:37 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
d387eaf51f Merge tag 'ipvs-fixes-for-v4.5' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/horms/ipvs
Simon Horman says:

====================
please consider these IPVS fixes for v4.5 or
if it is too late please consider them for v4.6.

* Arnd Bergman has corrected an error whereby the SIP persistence engine
  may incorrectly access protocol fields
* Julian Anastasov has corrected a problem reported by Jiri Bohac with the
  connection rescheduling mechanism added in 3.10 when new SYNs in
  connection to dead real server can be redirected to another real server.
* Marco Angaroni resolved a problem in the SIP persistence engine
  whereby the Call-ID could not be found if it was at the beginning of a
  SIP message.
====================

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-03-11 11:37:35 +01:00
Amir Vadai
519afb1813 net/act_skbedit: Utility functions for mark action
Enable device drivers to query the action, if and only if is a mark
action and what value to use for marking.

Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-10 16:24:02 -05:00
Amir Vadai
00175aec94 net/sched: Macro instead of CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT ifdef
Introduce the macros tc_no_actions and tc_for_each_action to make code
clearer.
Extracted struct tc_action out of the ifdef to make calls to
is_tcf_gact_shot() and similar functions valid, even when it is a nop.

Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-10 16:24:02 -05:00
Amir Vadai
8de2d793da net/flow_dissector: Make dissector_uses_key() and skb_flow_dissector_target() public
Will be used in a following patch to query if a key is being used, and
what it's value in the target object.

Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-10 16:24:02 -05:00
Amir Vadai
5b33f48842 net/flower: Introduce hardware offload support
This patch is based on a patch made by John Fastabend.
It adds support for offloading cls_flower.
when NETIF_F_HW_TC is on:
  flags = 0       => Rule will be processed twice - by hardware, and if
                     still relevant, by software.
  flags = SKIP_HW => Rull will be processed by software only

If hardware fail/not capabale to apply the rule, operation will NOT
fail. Filter will be processed by SW only.

Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-10 16:24:02 -05:00
Arnd Bergmann
f720d0caa0 kcm: mark helper functions inline
The stub helper functions for the newly added kcm_proc_init/exit interfaces
are defined as 'static' in a header file, which leads to build warnings for
each file that includes them without calling them:

include/net/kcm.h:183:12: error: 'kcm_proc_init' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
include/net/kcm.h:184:13: error: 'kcm_proc_exit' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]

This marks the two functions as 'static inline' instead, which avoids the
warnings and is obviously what was meant here.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: cd6e111bf5 ("kcm: Add statistics and proc interfaces")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-10 14:42:03 -05:00
Johan Hedberg
82a37adeed Bluetooth: Add support for limited privacy mode
Introduce a limited privacy mode indicated by value 0x02 to the mgmt
Set Privacy command.

With value 0x02 the kernel will use privacy mode with a resolvable
private address. In case the controller is bondable and discoverable
the identity address will be used.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-03-10 19:51:30 +01:00
Alexander Aring
f16089209e mac802154: use put and get unaligned functions
This patch removes the swap pointer and memmove functionality. Instead
we use the well known put/get unaligned access with specific byte order
handling.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Suggested-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-03-10 19:51:28 +01:00
Tom Herbert
29152a34f7 kcm: Add receive message timeout
This patch adds receive timeout for message assembly on the attached TCP
sockets. The timeout is set when a new messages is started and the whole
message has not been received by TCP (not in the receive queue). If the
completely message is subsequently received the timer is cancelled, if the
timer expires the RX side is aborted.

The timeout value is taken from the socket timeout (SO_RCVTIMEO) that is
set on a TCP socket (i.e. set by get sockopt before attaching a TCP socket
to KCM.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-09 16:36:15 -05:00
Tom Herbert
7ced95ef52 kcm: Add memory limit for receive message construction
Message assembly is performed on the TCP socket. This is logically
equivalent of an application that performs a peek on the socket to find
out how much memory is needed for a receive buffer. The receive socket
buffer also provides the maximum message size which is checked.

The receive algorithm is something like:

   1) Receive the first skbuf for a message (or skbufs if multiple are
      needed to determine message length).
   2) Check the message length against the number of bytes in the TCP
      receive queue (tcp_inq()).
	- If all the bytes of the message are in the queue (incluing the
	  skbuf received), then proceed with message assembly (it should
	  complete with the tcp_read_sock)
        - Else, mark the psock with the number of bytes needed to
	  complete the message.
   3) In TCP data ready function, if the psock indicates that we are
      waiting for the rest of the bytes of a messages, check the number
      of queued bytes against that.
        - If there are still not enough bytes for the message, just
	  return
        - Else, clear the waiting bytes and proceed to receive the
	  skbufs.  The message should now be received in one
	  tcp_read_sock

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-09 16:36:15 -05:00
Tom Herbert
cd6e111bf5 kcm: Add statistics and proc interfaces
This patch adds various counters for KCM. These include counters for
messages and bytes received or sent, as well as counters for number of
attached/unattached TCP sockets and other error or edge events.

The statistics are exposed via a proc interface. /proc/net/kcm provides
statistics per KCM socket and per psock (attached TCP sockets).
/proc/net/kcm_stats provides aggregate statistics.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-09 16:36:14 -05:00
Tom Herbert
ab7ac4eb98 kcm: Kernel Connection Multiplexor module
This module implements the Kernel Connection Multiplexor.

Kernel Connection Multiplexor (KCM) is a facility that provides a
message based interface over TCP for generic application protocols.
With KCM an application can efficiently send and receive application
protocol messages over TCP using datagram sockets.

For more information see the included Documentation/networking/kcm.txt

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-09 16:36:14 -05:00
Tom Herbert
473bd239b8 tcp: Add tcp_inq to get available receive bytes on socket
Create a common kernel function to get the number of bytes available
on a TCP socket. This is based on code in INQ getsockopt and we now call
the function for that getsockopt.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-09 16:36:14 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann
e28e87ed47 ip_tunnel, bpf: ip_tunnel_info_opts_{get, set} depends on CONFIG_INET
Helpers like ip_tunnel_info_opts_{get,set}() are only available if
CONFIG_INET is set, thus add an empty definition into the header for
the !CONFIG_INET case, where already other empty inline helpers are
defined.

This avoids ifdef kludge inside filter.c, but also vxlan and geneve
themself where this facility can only be used with, depend on INET
being set. For the !INET case TUNNEL_OPTIONS_PRESENT would never be
set in flags.

Fixes: 14ca0751c9 ("bpf: support for access to tunnel options")
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 23:20:53 -05:00
Michal Kubeček
3dc94f93be ipv6: per netns FIB garbage collection
One of our customers observed issues with FIB6 garbage collectors
running in different network namespaces blocking each other, resulting
in soft lockups (fib6_run_gc() initiated from timer runs always in
forced mode).

Now that FIB6 walkers are separated per namespace, there is no more need
for instances of fib6_run_gc() in different namespaces blocking each
other. There is still a call to icmp6_dst_gc() which operates on shared
data but this function is protected by its own shared lock.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 15:16:51 -05:00
Michal Kubeček
9a03cd8f38 ipv6: per netns fib6 walkers
The IPv6 FIB data structures are separated per network namespace but
there is still only one global walkers list and one global walker list
lock. This means changes in one namespace unnecessarily interfere with
walkers in other namespaces.

Replace the global list with per-netns lists (and give each its own
lock).

Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 15:16:51 -05:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
133800d1f0 sctp: fix copying more bytes than expected in sctp_add_bind_addr
Dmitry reported that sctp_add_bind_addr may read more bytes than
expected in case the parameter is a IPv4 addr supplied by the user
through calls such as sctp_bindx_add(), because it always copies
sizeof(union sctp_addr) while the buffer may be just a struct
sockaddr_in, which is smaller.

This patch then fixes it by limiting the memcpy to the min between the
union size and a (new parameter) provided addr size. Where possible this
parameter still is the size of that union, except for reading from
user-provided buffers, which then it accounts for protocol type.

Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 15:04:08 -05:00
David S. Miller
4c38cd61ae Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree,
they are:

1) Remove useless debug message when deleting IPVS service, from
   Yannick Brosseau.

2) Get rid of compilation warning when CONFIG_PROC_FS is unset in
   several spots of the IPVS code, from Arnd Bergmann.

3) Add prandom_u32 support to nft_meta, from Florian Westphal.

4) Remove unused variable in xt_osf, from Sudip Mukherjee.

5) Don't calculate IP checksum twice from netfilter ipv4 defrag hook
   since fixing af_packet defragmentation issues, from Joe Stringer.

6) On-demand hook registration for iptables from netns. Instead of
   registering the hooks for every available netns whenever we need
   one of the support tables, we register this on the specific netns
   that needs it, patchset from Florian Westphal.

7) Add missing port range selection to nf_tables masquerading support.

BTW, just for the record, there is a typo in the description of
5f6c253ebe ("netfilter: bridge: register hooks only when bridge
interface is added") that refers to the cluster match as deprecated, but
it is actually the CLUSTERIP target (which registers hooks
inconditionally) the one that is scheduled for removal.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 14:25:20 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann
db3c6139e6 bpf, vxlan, geneve, gre: fix usage of dst_cache on xmit
The assumptions from commit 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan
device"), 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support") and 3c1cb4d260
("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels") on dst_cache usage
when ip_tunnel_info is used is unfortunately not always valid as assumed.

While it seems correct for ip_tunnel_info front-ends such as OVS, eBPF
however can fill in ip_tunnel_info for consumers like vxlan, geneve or gre
with different remote dsts, tos, etc, therefore they cannot be assumed as
packet independent.

Right now vxlan, geneve, gre would cache the dst for eBPF and every packet
would reuse the same entry that was first created on the initial route
lookup. eBPF doesn't store/cache the ip_tunnel_info, so each skb may have
a different one.

Fix it by adding a flag that checks the ip_tunnel_info. Also the !tos test
in vxlan needs to be handeled differently in this context as it is currently
inferred from ip_tunnel_info as well if present. ip_tunnel_dst_cache_usable()
helper is added for the three tunnel cases, which checks if we can use dst
cache.

Fixes: 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan device")
Fixes: 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support")
Fixes: 3c1cb4d260 ("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 13:58:47 -05:00
Daniel Borkmann
8050c0f027 bpf: allow bpf_csum_diff to feed bpf_l3_csum_replace as well
Commit 7d672345ed ("bpf: add generic bpf_csum_diff helper") added a
generic checksum diff helper that can feed bpf_l4_csum_replace() with
a target __wsum diff that is to be applied to the L4 checksum. This
facility is very flexible, can be cascaded, allows for adding, removing,
or diffing data, or for calculating the pseudo header checksum from
scratch, but it can also be reused for working with the IPv4 header
checksum.

Thus, analogous to bpf_l4_csum_replace(), add a case for header field
value of 0 to change the checksum at a given offset through a new helper
csum_replace_by_diff(). Also, in addition to that, this provides an
easy to use interface for feeding precalculated diffs f.e. coming from
a map. It nicely complements bpf_l3_csum_replace() that currently allows
only for csum updates of 2 and 4 byte diffs.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 13:55:15 -05:00
David S. Miller
810813c47a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 12:34:12 -05:00
Julian Anastasov
f719e3754e ipvs: drop first packet to redirect conntrack
Jiri Bohac is reporting for a problem where the attempt
to reschedule existing connection to another real server
needs proper redirect for the conntrack used by the IPVS
connection. For example, when IPVS connection is created
to NAT-ed real server we alter the reply direction of
conntrack. If we later decide to select different real
server we can not alter again the conntrack. And if we
expire the old connection, the new connection is left
without conntrack.

So, the only way to redirect both the IPVS connection and
the Netfilter's conntrack is to drop the SYN packet that
hits existing connection, to wait for the next jiffie
to expire the old connection and its conntrack and to rely
on client's retransmission to create new connection as
usually.

Jiri Bohac provided a fix that drops all SYNs on rescheduling,
I extended his patch to do such drops only for connections
that use conntrack. Here is the original report from Jiri Bohac:

Since commit dc7b3eb900 ("ipvs: Fix reuse connection if real server
is dead"), new connections to dead servers are redistributed
immediately to new servers.  The old connection is expired using
ip_vs_conn_expire_now() which sets the connection timer to expire
immediately.

However, before the timer callback, ip_vs_conn_expire(), is run
to clean the connection's conntrack entry, the new redistributed
connection may already be established and its conntrack removed
instead.

Fix this by dropping the first packet of the new connection
instead, like we do when the destination server is not available.
The timer will have deleted the old conntrack entry long before
the first packet of the new connection is retransmitted.

Fixes: dc7b3eb900 ("ipvs: Fix reuse connection if real server is dead")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2016-03-07 11:53:30 +09:00
Eric Dumazet
1f27cde313 net: sched: use pfifo_fast for non real queues
Some devices declare a high number of TX queues, then set a much
lower real_num_tx_queues

This cause setups using fq_codel, sfq or fq as the default qdisc to consume
more memory than really needed.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-03 17:38:46 -05:00
David S. Miller
aefd3fb26e Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2016-03-01

Here's our main set of Bluetooth & 802.15.4 patches for the 4.6 kernel.

 - New Bluetooth HCI driver for Intel/AG6xx controllers
 - New Broadcom ACPI IDs
 - LED trigger support for indicating Bluetooth powered state
 - Various fixes in mac802154, 6lowpan and related drivers
 - New USB IDs for AR3012 Bluetooth controllers

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-03 16:27:23 -05:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
8a6bf5da1a netfilter: nft_masq: support port range
Complete masquerading support by allowing port range selection.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2016-03-02 20:05:27 +01:00
Deepa Dinamani
822c868532 net: ipv4: Convert IP network timestamps to be y2038 safe
ICMP timestamp messages and IP source route options require
timestamps to be in milliseconds modulo 24 hours from
midnight UT format.

Add inet_current_timestamp() function to support this. The function
returns the required timestamp in network byte order.

Timestamp calculation is also changed to call ktime_get_real_ts64()
which uses struct timespec64. struct timespec64 is y2038 safe.
Previously it called getnstimeofday() which uses struct timespec.
struct timespec is not y2038 safe.

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 17:18:44 -05:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
ef6980b6be introduce IFE action
This action allows for a sending side to encapsulate arbitrary metadata
which is decapsulated by the receiving end.
The sender runs in encoding mode and the receiver in decode mode.
Both sender and receiver must specify the same ethertype.
At some point we hope to have a registered ethertype and we'll
then provide a default so the user doesnt have to specify it.
For now we enforce the user specify it.

Lets show example usage where we encode icmp from a sender towards
a receiver with an skbmark of 17; both sender and receiver use
ethertype of 0xdead to interop.

YYYY: Lets start with Receiver-side policy config:
xxx: add an ingress qdisc
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH ingress

xxx: any packets with ethertype 0xdead will be subjected to ife decoding
xxx: we then restart the classification so we can match on icmp at prio 3
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 2 protocol 0xdead \
u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:1 \
action ife decode reclassify

xxx: on restarting the classification from above if it was an icmp
xxx: packet, then match it here and continue to the next rule at prio 4
xxx: which will match based on skb mark of 17
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 3 protocol ip \
u32 match ip protocol 1 0xff flowid 1:1 \
action continue

xxx: match on skbmark of 0x11 (decimal 17) and accept
sudo tc filter add dev $ETH parent ffff: prio 4 protocol ip \
handle 0x11 fw flowid 1:1 \
action ok

xxx: Lets show the decoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent ffff: protocol 0xdead
xxx:
filter pref 2 u32
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 2 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:1  (rule hit 0 success 0)
  match 00000000/00000000 at 0 (success 0 )
        action order 1: ife decode action reclassify
         index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 14 sec used 14 sec
         type: 0x0
         Metadata: allow mark allow hash allow prio allow qmap
        Action statistics:
        Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
        backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:
Observe that above lists all metadatum it can decode. Typically these
submodules will already be compiled into a monolithic kernel or
loaded as modules

YYYY: Lets show the sender side now ..

xxx: Add an egress qdisc on the sender netdev
sudo tc qdisc add dev $ETH root handle 1: prio
xxx:
xxx: Match all icmp packets to 192.168.122.237/24, then
xxx: tag the packet with skb mark of decimal 17, then
xxx: Encode it with:
xxx:	ethertype 0xdead
xxx:	add skb->mark to whitelist of metadatum to send
xxx:	rewrite target dst MAC address to 02:15:15:15:15:15
xxx:
sudo $TC filter add dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip prio 10  u32 \
match ip dst 192.168.122.237/24 \
match ip protocol 1 0xff \
flowid 1:2 \
action skbedit mark 17 \
action ife encode \
type 0xDEAD \
allow mark \
dst 02:15:15:15:15:15

xxx: Lets show the encoding policy
sudo tc -s filter ls dev $ETH parent 1: protocol ip
xxx:
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:2  (rule hit 0 success 0)
  match c0a87aed/ffffffff at 16 (success 0 )
  match 00010000/00ff0000 at 8 (success 0 )

	action order 1:  skbedit mark 17
	 index 6 ref 1 bind 1
 	Action statistics:
	Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
	backlog 0b 0p requeues 0

	action order 2: ife encode action pipe
	 index 3 ref 1 bind 1
	 dst MAC: 02:15:15:15:15:15 type: 0xDEAD
 	 Metadata: allow mark
 	Action statistics:
	Sent 0 bytes 0 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
	backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
xxx:

test by sending ping from sender to destination

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 17:15:22 -05:00
David S. Miller
d67703fced Here's another round of updates for -next:
* big A-MSDU RX performance improvement (avoid linearize of paged RX)
  * rfkill changes: cleanups, documentation, platform properties
  * basic PBSS support in cfg80211
  * MU-MIMO action frame processing support
  * BlockAck reordering & duplicate detection offload support
  * various cleanups & little fixes
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJW0LZ0AAoJEGt7eEactAAdde0P/2meIOehuHBuAtL7REVoNhri
 bz9eSHMTg+ozCspL7F6vW1ifDI9AaJEaqJccmriueE/UQVC3VXRPGRJ4SFCwZGo9
 Zrtys2v9wOq0+XhxyN65Ucf41O9F/5FFabR5OFbf/pZhW5b2cubEjD1P4BB76Iya
 8O6wf9oDDjt3zJgYK+sygm3k9wtDVrH3qEbj8IDnCy22P7010qCsfok9swfaq8OB
 DBgb6BVfDOFTNXvJGH5fRuUKZdtovzzxorXnoG+zjmKmFdMVdgIYj9+2QfnMjW03
 B4/W85svcLLH8V3lHZc4G8oKM4J4XtjH1PskKIMF7ThJsKGMf8tL2vpt9rr8iscd
 Y9SwTEGc9JmhL7n2FaQFlY6ScLcp4ML+2rXxDOMpBmgF3Ne3yfBsJhLKZEl8vSfI
 mKhzGXpUKjJxJWIxkR0ylJy4/zHeIXkgRlUEhb8t+jgAqvOBTwiVY+vljHCDUERa
 sH40r1OqnGJtOHkSRqXSpxwXW+eKgyDd7fnnRX/tyttp2Fuew27/fN63SjpsfN6O
 3lfSM5bl3FcCKx7vqTLuqzsoqGvDDYkSq6GDfKDqeZIk0vaXA3SJNEOKgymFWQfR
 rzsaXvTbBT34GYRg3xS2NCxlmcBPemei/q0x6ZOffxhF41Qpqjs1dPB1Yq3AW4jD
 HGF+NdRbWEqEFVIjQa8w
 =JHOe
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-02-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Here's another round of updates for -next:
 * big A-MSDU RX performance improvement (avoid linearize of paged RX)
 * rfkill changes: cleanups, documentation, platform properties
 * basic PBSS support in cfg80211
 * MU-MIMO action frame processing support
 * BlockAck reordering & duplicate detection offload support
 * various cleanups & little fixes
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 17:03:27 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
fb2dabad69 net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr
When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like:

    # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering

Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port
attribute.

Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering
function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 16:24:51 -05:00
Jiri Pirko
bfcd3a4661 Introduce devlink infrastructure
Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to
userspace via generic Netlink interface.

There are two basic objects defined:
devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC
devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device.

This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace.
Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 16:07:29 -05:00
John Fastabend
9e8ce79cd7 net: sched: cls_u32 add bit to specify software only rules
In the initial implementation the only way to stop a rule from being
inserted into the hardware table was via the device feature flag.
However this doesn't work well when working on an end host system
where packets are expect to hit both the hardware and software
datapaths.

For example we can imagine a rule that will match an IP address and
increment a field. If we install this rule in both hardware and
software we may increment the field twice. To date we have only
added support for the drop action so we have been able to ignore
these cases. But as we extend the action support we will hit this
example plus more such cases. Arguably these are not even corner
cases in many working systems these cases will be common.

To avoid forcing the driver to always abort (i.e. the above example)
this patch adds a flag to add a rule in software only. A careful
user can use this flag to build software and hardware datapaths
that work together. One example we have found particularly useful
is to use hardware resources to set the skb->mark on the skb when
the match may be expensive to run in software but a mark lookup
in a hash table is cheap. The idea here is hardware can do in one
lookup what the u32 classifier may need to traverse multiple lists
and hash tables to compute. The flag is only passed down on inserts.
On deletion to avoid stale references in hardware we always try
to remove a rule if it exists.

The flags field is part of the classifier specific options. Although
it is tempting to lift this into the generic structure doing this
proves difficult do to how the tc netlink attributes are implemented
along with how the dump/change routines are called. There is also
precedence for putting seemingly generic pieces in the specific
classifier options such as TCA_U32_POLICE, TCA_U32_ACT, etc. So
although not ideal I've left FLAGS in the u32 options as well as it
simplifies the code greatly and user space has already learned how
to manage these bits ala 'tc' tool.

Another thing if trying to update a rule we require the flags to
be unchanged. This is to force user space, software u32 and
the hardware u32 to keep in sync. Thanks to Simon Horman for
catching this case.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 16:05:39 -05:00
John Fastabend
2b6ab0d3aa net: cls_u32: move TC offload feature bit into cls_u32 offload logic
In the original series drivers would get offload requests for cls_u32
rules even if the feature bit is disabled. This meant the driver had
to do a boiler plate check on the feature bit before adding/deleting
the rule.

This patch lifts the check into the core code and removes it from the
driver specific case.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 16:05:39 -05:00
John Fastabend
6843e7a2ab net: sched: consolidate offload decision in cls_u32
The offload decision was originally very basic and tied to if the dev
implemented the appropriate ndo op hook. The next step is to allow
the user to more flexibly define if any paticular rule should be
offloaded or not. In order to have this logic in one function lift
the current check into a helper routine tc_should_offload().

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-01 16:05:39 -05:00
WANG Cong
2ccccf5fb4 net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too
When the bottom qdisc decides to, for example, drop some packet,
it calls qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() to update the queue length
for all its ancestors, we need to update the backlog too to
keep the stats on root qdisc accurate.

Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-29 17:02:33 -05:00
WANG Cong
86a7996cc8 net_sched: introduce qdisc_replace() helper
Remove nearly duplicated code and prepare for the following patch.

Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-29 17:02:33 -05:00
David Ahern
3f2fb9a834 net: l3mdev: address selection should only consider devices in L3 domain
David Lamparter noted a use case where the source address selection fails
to pick an address from a VRF interface - unnumbered interfaces.

Relevant commands from his script:
    ip addr add 9.9.9.9/32 dev lo
    ip link set lo up

    ip link add name vrf0 type vrf table 101
    ip rule add oif vrf0 table 101
    ip rule add iif vrf0 table 101
    ip link set vrf0 up
    ip addr add 10.0.0.3/32 dev vrf0

    ip link add name dummy2 type dummy
    ip link set dummy2 master vrf0 up

    --> note dummy2 has no address - unnumbered device

    ip route add 10.2.2.2/32 dev dummy2 table 101
    ip neigh add 10.2.2.2 dev dummy2 lladdr 02:00:00:00:00:02

    tcpdump -ni dummy2 &

And using ping instead of his socat example:
    $ ping -I vrf0 -c1 10.2.2.2
    ping: Warning: source address might be selected on device other than vrf0.
    PING 10.2.2.2 (10.2.2.2) from 9.9.9.9 vrf0: 56(84) bytes of data.

>From tcpdump:
    12:57:29.449128 IP 9.9.9.9 > 10.2.2.2: ICMP echo request, id 2491, seq 1, length 64

Note the source address is from lo and is not a VRF local address. With
this patch:

    $ ping -I vrf0 -c1 10.2.2.2
    PING 10.2.2.2 (10.2.2.2) from 10.0.0.3 vrf0: 56(84) bytes of data.

>From tcpdump:
    12:59:25.096426 IP 10.0.0.3 > 10.2.2.2: ICMP echo request, id 2113, seq 1, length 64

Now the source address comes from vrf0.

The ipv4 function for selecting source address takes a const argument.
Removing the const requires touching a lot of places, so instead
l3mdev_master_ifindex_rcu is changed to take a const argument and then
do the typecast to non-const as required by netdev_master_upper_dev_get_rcu.
This is similar to what l3mdev_fib_table_rcu does.

IPv6 for unnumbered interfaces appears to be selecting the addresses
properly.

Cc: David Lamparter <david@opensourcerouting.org>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 14:22:26 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
477b184526 net: dsa: drop vlan_getnext
The VLAN GetNext operation is specific to some switches, and thus can be
complicated to implement for some drivers.

Remove the support for the vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach in favor
of the generic and simpler port_vlan_dump function.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-25 15:20:21 -05:00
Vivien Didelot
65aebfc002 net: dsa: add port_vlan_dump routine
Similar to port_fdb_dump, add a port_vlan_dump function to DSA drivers
which gets passed the switchdev VLAN object and callback.

This function, if implemented, takes precedence over the soon legacy
vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-25 15:20:20 -05:00
WANG Cong
ddf97ccdd7 net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions
Currently tc actions are stored in a per-module hashtable,
therefore are visible to all network namespaces. This is
probably the last part of the tc subsystem which is not
aware of netns now. This patch makes them per-netns,
several tc action API's need to be adjusted for this.

The tc action API code is ugly due to historical reasons,
we need to refactor that code in the future.

Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-25 14:16:21 -05:00
WANG Cong
1d4150c02c net_sched: prepare tcf_hashinfo_destroy() for netns support
We only release the memory of the hashtable itself, not its
entries inside. This is not a problem yet since we only call
it in module release path, and module is refcount'ed by
actions. This would be a problem after we move the per module
hinfo into per netns in the latter patch.

Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-25 14:16:21 -05:00
David S. Miller
25ac3417b7 Another small set of fixes:
* stop critical protocol session on disconnect to avoid
    it getting stuck
  * wext: fix two RTNL message ordering issues
  * fix an uninitialized value (found by KASAN)
  * fix an out-of-bounds access (also found by KASAN)
  * clear connection keys when freeing them in all cases
    (IBSS, all other places already did so)
  * fix expected throughput unit to get consistent values
  * set default TX aggregation timeout to 0 in minstrel
    to avoid (really just hide) issues and perform better
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJWzCthAAoJEGt7eEactAAdLjEP/38ujypJkVlwZzm9L8MbSVPk
 qPMmRBshVX89xOXtwJLJHOGCRY6/pfe1LKThodOp+hj+NH7OLLuAGFDScjr7eEjG
 bAQrXZ8dDIo54uri4EF4jBfkqUsePs+d4VpLgdJ2Gdh2UgIdDlUcggiEyOSicc27
 ZP3gRQzad8tP0O+MuqiAjwJE4C3AUzzj+8TXJJXjrT3RvDpvZfA3MClfiQVhRM+4
 3qtFhqFFGfIjTSHCoGr+0RYhLJwfjalIyoENR/kYizjHXU4YtZcu7ihdixKmG3Qb
 SUIlNl60WSyoh2+PXx3wp0gfTc0BrOVIpB+TQPouRu5D+tLRiPwlieVrlfJyIUJ5
 ccU1RWoTZn+3OVSjNF+9IGbpL43cjaJpZUMU/mQES7+z+uEwlzdcnwDScG7sMMC+
 KIyKZ4v+2sBPKYYKAzGxHb2lfTMyp9sCs25U30yqLX3RSNtuxJbDwuKrwbKa1CMx
 WEjImI+iSApjTch0THAxV8/sO/ZneuRZP76PXmSDm7Mzf9qob8fnpCjFsHTypDpx
 eWy8AHPhIhb3ni6Cm3TfsGLjGE4KGwD/lEwmAles2Cj48N4b2UwRjMrJ5GRxuV00
 9kh2MvFEmSYBU4dw6LQmemjxNNIa792+JiS4AKJXBqkPK1H1YFvq7i8Hl9a1tQ0P
 SDgbH5x6AYvmTRcD97Ph
 =01n9
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-02-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Another small set of fixes:
 * stop critical protocol session on disconnect to avoid
   it getting stuck
 * wext: fix two RTNL message ordering issues
 * fix an uninitialized value (found by KASAN)
 * fix an out-of-bounds access (also found by KASAN)
 * clear connection keys when freeing them in all cases
   (IBSS, all other places already did so)
 * fix expected throughput unit to get consistent values
 * set default TX aggregation timeout to 0 in minstrel
   to avoid (really just hide) issues and perform better
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-24 16:58:12 -05:00
Sara Sharon
b5a33d5259 mac80211: move MU_MIMO_OWNER flag to ieee80211_vif
Drivers may need to track which vif is using VHT MU-MIMO.
Move the flag indicationg the ownership of MU_MIMO to
ieee80211_vif.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:40 +01:00
Sara Sharon
65554d07ad mac80211: provide interface to driver to set VHT MU-MIMO data
Provide an interface to the lower level driver to set the VHT
MU-MIMO data. This is needed for example when there is an update
of the group data during low power state, where the management
frame will not be passed to the host at all.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:40 +01:00
Eliad Peller
ca48ebbc7e mac80211: remove ieee80211_get_key_tx_seq/ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq
Since the PNs of all the tx keys are now tracked in the public
part of the key struct (with atomic counter), we no longer
need these functions.

dvm and vt665{5,6} are currently the only users of these functions,
so update them accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:39 +01:00
Eliad Peller
f8079d43cf mac80211: move TKIP TX IVs to public part of key struct
Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by
themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC).

Specifically, this is needed when the device does
offloading at certain times, and the driver has
to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from
the host) are synchronized with IVs that were
potentially used during the offloading.

Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the
public part of the key struct, and export a function
to add the IV right into the crypto header.

The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define
TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32
when needed.

Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken
directly from the frame, we can safely remove
iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:38 +01:00
Lior David
34d505193b cfg80211: basic support for PBSS network type
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for 11ad devices.

Add support for PBSS by introducing a new PBSS flag attribute.
The PBSS flag is used in the START_AP command to request starting
a PCP instead of an AP, and in the CONNECT command to request
connecting to a PCP instead of an AP.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:34 +01:00
Sara Sharon
06470f7468 mac80211: add API to allow filtering frames in BA sessions
If any frames are dropped that are part of a BA session, the reorder
buffer will "indefinitely" (until the timeout) wait for them to come
in (or a BAR moving the window) and won't release frames after them.
This means it isn't possible to filter frames within a BA session in
firmware.

Introduce an API function that allows such filtering. Calling this
function will move the BA window forward to the new SSN, and allows
marking frames after the SSN as having been filtered, so any future
reordering activity will release frames while skipping the holes.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:31 +01:00
Michal Kazior
f2ac7e301a mac80211: expose txq queue depth and size to drivers
This will allow drivers to make more educated
decisions whether to defer transmission or not.

Relying on wake_tx_queue() call count implicitly
was not possible because it could be called
without queued frame count actually changing on
software tx aggregation start/stop code paths.

It was also not possible to know how long
byte-wise queue was without dequeueing.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:30 +01:00
Sven Eckelmann
dfdfc2beb0 mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in injected frames
Drivers/devices without their own rate control algorithm can get the
information what rates they should use from either the radiotap header of
injected frames or from the rate control algorithm. But the parsing of the
legacy rate information from the radiotap header was removed in commit
e6a9854b05 ("mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API").

The removal of this feature heavily reduced the usefulness of frame
injection when wanting to simulate specific transmission behavior. Having
rate parsing together with MCS rates and retry support allows a fine
grained selection of the tx behavior of injected frames for these kind of
tests.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:30 +01:00
Johannes Berg
f4a0f0c526 mac80211: add RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START
The timestamp given by iwlwifi is at the beginning of the
frame over the air, at (or during) the SYNC field. Allow
such timestamps to be given to mac80211, at least (for now)
for frames with non-HT/VHT preambles.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:27 +01:00
Bjorn Andersson
538dc90452 mac80211: Make addr const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR()
Make the addr parameter const in SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR() to save
clients from having to cast away a const qualifier.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:21 +01:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
506bcfa8ab mac80211: limit the A-MSDU Tx based on peer's capabilities
In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of
MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There
is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE.
In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size.
Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them
available to the driver.

In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement
is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095.
This is not enforced here.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:20 +01:00
Grzegorz Bajorski
178830481e mac80211: allow drivers to report (non-)monitor frames
Some drivers offload some frames internally (e.g.
AddBa). Reporting such frames to mac80211 would
only confuse MLME. However it would be useful to
be able to pass such frames to monitor interfaces
for sniffing purposes, e.g. when running AP +
monitor.

To do that allow drivers to tell mac80211 whether
a given frame should be:
 - processed but not delivered to any monitor vif
 - not processed but delievered to monitor vifs
   only

Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:19 +01:00
Sara Sharon
412a6d800c mac80211: support hw managing reorder logic
Enable driver to manage the reordering logic itself.
This is needed for example for the iwlwifi driver that
will support hardware assisted reordering.

Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:16 +01:00
Vivien Didelot
a6692754d6 net: dsa: pass bridge down to drivers
Some DSA drivers may or may not support multiple software bridges on top
of an hardware switch.

It is more convenient for them to access the bridge's net_device for
finer configuration.

Removing the need to craft and access a bitmask also simplifies the
code.

This patch changes the signature of bridge related functions, update DSA
drivers, and removes dsa_slave_br_port_mask.

Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-23 14:52:46 -05:00
Alexander Aring
5609c185f2 6lowpan: iphc: add support for stateful compression
This patch introduce support for IPHC stateful address compression. It
will offer the context table via one debugfs entry.
This debugfs has and directory for each cid entry for the context table.
Inside each cid directory there exists the following files:

 - "active": If the entry is added or deleted. The context table is
   original a list implementation, this flag will indicate if the
   context is part of list or not.
 - "prefix": The ipv6 prefix.
 - "prefix_length": The prefix length for the prefix.
 - "compression": The compression flag according RFC6775.

This part should be moved into sysfs after some testing time.

Also the debugfs entry contains a "show" file which is a pretty-printout
for the current context table information.

Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-02-23 20:29:40 +01:00
Alexander Aring
07b0188adf mac802154: fix mac header length check
I got report about that sometimes the WARN_ON occurs there which should
never happen. I came to the conclusion that the mac header is there but
inside the headroom of skb. The skb->len information doesn't contain the
information about the headroom length and skb->len is lesser than two.

We check now if the skb_mac_header pointer is set and the room between
mac header pointer and tail pointer.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aar@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-02-23 20:29:39 +01:00
Heiner Kallweit
6d5d2ee63c Bluetooth: add LED trigger for indicating HCI is powered up
Add support for LED triggers to the Bluetooth subsystem and add kernel
config symbol BT_LEDS for it.

For now one trigger for indicating "HCI is powered up" is supported.

Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2016-02-23 20:29:35 +01:00
David S. Miller
b633353115 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
	drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
	drivers/net/vxlan.c

All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-23 00:09:14 -05:00
Alexander Duyck
6ceb31ca5f VXLAN: Support outer IPv4 Tx checksums by default
This change makes it so that if UDP CSUM is not specified we will default
to enabling it.  The main motivation behind this is the fact that with the
use of outer checksum we can greatly improve the performance for VXLAN
tunnels on devices that don't know how to parse tunnel headers.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-21 22:05:50 -05:00
Robert Shearman
745041e2aa lwtunnel: autoload of lwt modules
The lwt implementations using net devices can autoload using the
existing mechanism using IFLA_INFO_KIND. However, there's no mechanism
that lwt modules not using net devices can use.

Therefore, add the ability to autoload modules registering lwt
operations for lwt implementations not using a net device so that
users don't have to manually load the modules.

Only users with the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability can cause modules to be
loaded, which is ensured by rtnetlink_rcv_msg rejecting non-RTM_GETxxx
messages for users without this capability, and by
lwtunnel_build_state not being called in response to RTM_GETxxx
messages.

Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-21 22:00:28 -05:00
Benjamin Poirier
e550785c30 ipv6: Annotate change of locking mechanism for np->opt
follows up commit 45f6fad84c ("ipv6: add complete rcu protection around
np->opt") which added mixed rcu/refcount protection to np->opt.

Given the current implementation of rcu_pointer_handoff(), this has no
effect at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 15:27:25 -05:00
Jiri Benc
7f290c9435 iptunnel: scrub packet in iptunnel_pull_header
Part of skb_scrub_packet was open coded in iptunnel_pull_header. Let it call
skb_scrub_packet directly instead.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 14:34:54 -05:00
Jiri Benc
07dabf20d9 vxlan: tun_id is 64bit, not 32bit
The tun_id field in struct ip_tunnel_key is __be64, not __be32. We need to
convert the vni to tun_id correctly.

Fixes: 54bfd872bf ("vxlan: keep flags and vni in network byte order")
Reported-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 13:55:24 -05:00
Florian Westphal
263ea09084 Revert "genl: Add genlmsg_new_unicast() for unicast message allocation"
This reverts commit bb9b18fb55 ("genl: Add genlmsg_new_unicast() for
unicast message allocation")'.

Nothing wrong with it; its no longer needed since this was only for
mmapped netlink support.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 11:42:19 -05:00
Eric Dumazet
7716682cc5 tcp/dccp: fix another race at listener dismantle
Ilya reported following lockdep splat:

kernel: =========================
kernel: [ BUG: held lock freed! ]
kernel: 4.5.0-rc1-ceph-00026-g5e0a311 #1 Not tainted
kernel: -------------------------
kernel: swapper/5/0 is freeing memory
ffff880035c9d200-ffff880035c9dbff, with a lock still held there!
kernel: (&(&queue->rskq_lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffff816f6a88>] inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add+0x28/0xa0
kernel: 4 locks held by swapper/5/0:
kernel: #0:  (rcu_read_lock){......}, at: [<ffffffff8169ef6b>]
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x4b/0x1f0
kernel: #1:  (rcu_read_lock){......}, at: [<ffffffff816e977f>]
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x3f/0x380
kernel: #2:  (slock-AF_INET){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff81685ffb>]
sk_clone_lock+0x19b/0x440
kernel: #3:  (&(&queue->rskq_lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffff816f6a88>] inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add+0x28/0xa0

To properly fix this issue, inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add() needs
to return to its callers if the child as been queued
into accept queue.

We also need to make sure listener is still there before
calling sk->sk_data_ready(), by holding a reference on it,
since the reference carried by the child can disappear as
soon as the child is put on accept queue.

Reported-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Fixes: ebb516af60 ("tcp/dccp: fix race at listener dismantle phase")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 11:35:51 -05:00
Xin Long
deed49df73 route: check and remove route cache when we get route
Since the gc of ipv4 route was removed, the route cached would has
no chance to be removed, and even it has been timeout, it still could
be used, cause no code to check it's expires.

Fix this issue by checking  and removing route cache when we get route.

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 11:31:36 -05:00
Jiri Benc
54bfd872bf vxlan: keep flags and vni in network byte order
Prevent repeated conversions from and to network order in the fast path.

To achieve this, define all flag constants in big endian order and store VNI
as __be32. To prevent confusion between the actual VNI value and the VNI
field from the header (which contains additional reserved byte), strictly
distinguish between "vni" and "vni_field".

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 23:52:11 -05:00
Jiri Benc
d4ac05ff36 vxlan: introduce vxlan_hdr
Currently, pointer to the vxlan header is kept in a local variable. It has
to be reloaded whenever the pskb pull operations are performed which usually
happens somewhere deep in called functions.

Create a vxlan_hdr function and use it to reference the vxlan header
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 23:52:11 -05:00
John Fastabend
e014860e31 net: pack tc_cls_u32_knode struct slighter better
By packing the structure we can remove a few holes as Jamal
suggests.

before:

struct tc_cls_u32_knode {
	struct tcf_exts *          exts;                 /*     0     8 */
	u8                         fshift;               /*     8     1 */

	/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */

	u32                        handle;               /*    12     4 */
	u32                        val;                  /*    16     4 */
	u32                        mask;                 /*    20     4 */
	u32                        link_handle;          /*    24     4 */

	/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */

	struct tc_u32_sel *        sel;                  /*    32     8 */

	/* size: 40, cachelines: 1, members: 7 */
	/* sum members: 33, holes: 2, sum holes: 7 */
	/* last cacheline: 40 bytes */
};

after:

struct tc_cls_u32_knode {
	struct tcf_exts *          exts;                 /*     0     8 */
	struct tc_u32_sel *        sel;                  /*     8     8 */
	u32                        handle;               /*    16     4 */
	u32                        val;                  /*    20     4 */
	u32                        mask;                 /*    24     4 */
	u32                        link_handle;          /*    28     4 */
	u8                         fshift;               /*    32     1 */

	/* size: 40, cachelines: 1, members: 7 */
	/* padding: 7 */
	/* last cacheline: 40 bytes */
};

Suggested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 21:44:12 -05:00
Xin Long
1cd4d5c432 sctp: remove the unused sctp_datamsg_free()
Since commit 8b570dc9f7 ("sctp: only drop the reference on the datamsg
after sending a msg") used sctp_datamsg_put in sctp_sendmsg, instead of
sctp_datamsg_free, this function has no use in sctp.

So we will remove it.

Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 15:41:54 -05:00
John Fastabend
3b01cf56da net: tc: helper functions to query action types
This is a helper function drivers can use to learn if the
action type is a drop action.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 09:47:36 -05:00
John Fastabend
a1b7c5fd7f net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs
This patch allows netdev drivers to consume cls_u32 offloads via
the ndo_setup_tc ndo op.

This works aligns with how network drivers have been doing qdisc
offloads for mqprio.

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-17 09:47:36 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
0fbf4cb27e ipv4: namespacify ip fragment max dist sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:42:54 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
e21145a987 ipv4: namespacify ip_early_demux sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:42:54 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
287b7f38fd ipv4: Namespacify ip_dynaddr sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:42:54 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
fa50d974d1 ipv4: Namespaceify ip_default_ttl sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:42:54 -05:00
Paolo Abeni
d71785ffc7 net: add dst_cache to ovs vxlan lwtunnel
In case of UDP traffic with datagram length
below MTU this give about 2% performance increase
when tunneling over ipv4 and about 60% when tunneling
over ipv6

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:21:48 -05:00
Paolo Abeni
0c1d70af92 net: use dst_cache for vxlan device
In case of UDP traffic with datagram length
below MTU this give about 3% performance increase
when tunneling over ipv4 and about 70% when
tunneling over ipv6.

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:21:48 -05:00
Paolo Abeni
e09acddf87 ip_tunnel: replace dst_cache with generic implementation
The current ip_tunnel cache implementation is prone to a race
that will cause the wrong dst to be cached on cuncurrent dst cache
miss and ip tunnel update via netlink.

Replacing with the generic implementation fix the issue.

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:21:48 -05:00
Paolo Abeni
607f725f6f net: replace dst_cache ip6_tunnel implementation with the generic one
This also fix a potential race into the existing tunnel code, which
could lead to the wrong dst to be permanenty cached:

CPU1:					CPU2:
  <xmit on ip6_tunnel>
  <cache lookup fails>
  dst = ip6_route_output(...)
					<tunnel params are changed via nl>
					dst_cache_reset() // no effect,
							// the cache is empty
  dst_cache_set() // the wrong dst
	// is permanenty stored
	// into the cache

With the new dst implementation the above race is not possible
since the first cache lookup after dst_cache_reset will fail due
to the timestamp check

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:21:48 -05:00
Paolo Abeni
911362c70d net: add dst_cache support
This patch add a generic, lockless dst cache implementation.
The need for lock is avoided updating the dst cache fields
only in per cpu scope, and requiring that the cache manipulation
functions are invoked with the local bh disabled.

The refresh_ts and reset_ts fields are used to ensure the cache
consistency in case of cuncurrent cache update (dst_cache_set*) and
reset operation (dst_cache_reset).

Consider the following scenario:

CPU1:                                   	CPU2:
  <cache lookup with emtpy cache: it fails>
  <get dst via uncached route lookup>
						<related configuration changes>
                                        	dst_cache_reset()
  dst_cache_set()

The dst entry set passed to dst_cache_set() should not be used
for later dst cache lookup, because it's obtained using old
configuration values.

Since the refresh_ts is updated only on dst_cache lookup, the
cached value in the above scenario will be discarded on the next
lookup.

Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-16 20:21:48 -05:00
Edward Cree
6fa79666e2 net: ip_tunnel: remove 'csum_help' argument to iptunnel_handle_offloads
All users now pass false, so we can remove it, and remove the code that
 was conditional upon it.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-12 05:52:16 -05:00
Edward Cree
21e2e7f9b5 net: enable LCO for udp_tunnel_handle_offloads() users
The only protocol affected at present is Geneve.

Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-12 05:52:15 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
165094afce igmp: Namespacify igmp_qrv sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-11 09:59:22 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
87a8a2ae65 igmp: Namespaceify igmp_llm_reports sysctl knob
This was initially introduced in df2cf4a78e ("IGMP: Inhibit
reports for local multicast groups") by defining the sysctl in the
ipv4_net_table array, however it was never implemented to be
namespace aware. Fix this by changing the code accordingly.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-11 09:59:22 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
166b6b2d6f igmp: Namespaceify igmp_max_msf sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-11 09:59:22 -05:00
Nikolay Borisov
815c527007 igmp: Namespaceify igmp_max_memberships sysctl knob
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Borisov <kernel@kyup.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-11 09:59:22 -05:00
Craig Gallek
c125e80b88 soreuseport: fast reuseport TCP socket selection
This change extends the fast SO_REUSEPORT socket lookup implemented
for UDP to TCP.  Listener sockets with SO_REUSEPORT and the same
receive address are additionally added to an array for faster
random access.  This means that only a single socket from the group
must be found in the listener list before any socket in the group can
be used to receive a packet.  Previously, every socket in the group
needed to be considered before handing off the incoming packet.

This feature also exposes the ability to use a BPF program when
selecting a socket from a reuseport group.

Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-11 03:54:15 -05:00